1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
145 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
149 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 \begin_inset Note Note
171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
172 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
188 LatexCommand tableofcontents
195 \begin_layout Chapter
199 \begin_layout Section
203 \begin_layout Standard
204 LyX is a document preparation system.
205 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
206 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
207 It is unlike most other
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
215 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
217 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
233 pt type, left justified, 5
234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
242 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
246 \begin_layout Standard
247 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
264 \begin_layout Standard
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
278 the format of all of the manuals.
279 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
280 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 \begin_layout Section
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
304 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
305 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
311 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
312 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
314 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
315 only a vertical scrollbar.
316 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
317 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
318 This, however, is due
319 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
320 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
321 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
322 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
324 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
325 this doesn't work for equations yet.
328 \begin_layout Standard
329 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
337 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
342 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
343 ing sections of this documentation.
346 \begin_layout Section
350 \begin_layout Standard
351 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
356 of the manuals from inside LyX.
357 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Section
366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
368 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
375 \begin_layout Standard
376 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
377 without resorting to configuration files.
378 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
379 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
380 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_inset Index idx
388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
395 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
396 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
401 \begin_inset space \space{}
404 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
405 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
407 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
411 \begin_inset Index idx
414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
415 Reconfiguration of LyX
420 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
423 \begin_layout Section
425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
427 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
434 \begin_layout Standard
435 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
436 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
438 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
439 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
446 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
447 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
452 you can view from the menu
454 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
473 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
474 reconfigure LyX (menu
476 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
480 \begin_inset Note Note
483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
484 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
492 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
493 More about TeX Code is described in section
498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
500 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
504 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
511 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
521 \begin_inset Index idx
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
525 Reconfiguration of LyX
530 See section 5.1 of the
534 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
537 \begin_layout Chapter
541 \begin_layout Section
542 Basic File Operations
543 \begin_inset Index idx
546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
555 \begin_layout Standard
560 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
561 in addition to some more advanced operations:
564 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_inset Graphics
569 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
576 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_inset Graphics
601 filename ../images/file-open.png
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
628 \begin_layout Itemize
638 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_layout Itemize
680 \begin_inset Graphics
681 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
696 a few minor differences.
699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
714 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
715 you for a template to use.
716 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
717 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
718 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
726 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
733 \begin_layout Standard
734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
766 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
767 space is just that — a big, blank space.
775 \begin_layout Standard
796 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
801 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
826 will reload the document from disk.
827 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
828 and want to restore it to the last save.
837 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
838 can identify them as your changes.
841 \begin_layout Section
842 Basic Editing Features
843 \begin_inset Index idx
846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
855 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
864 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
865 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
866 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
868 We'll start with cut and paste.
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 As you might expect, the
876 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
877 various other editing features.
878 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
882 \begin_layout Itemize
888 \begin_inset Graphics
889 filename ../images/cut.png
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../images/copy.png
910 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_inset Graphics
917 filename ../images/paste.png
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1201 \begin_layout Standard
1202 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1203 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1205 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1210 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1217 \begin_layout Section
1219 \begin_inset Index idx
1222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1229 \begin_inset Index idx
1232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1241 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1248 \begin_layout Standard
1249 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1250 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1253 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1256 or the toolbar button
1257 \begin_inset Graphics
1258 filename ../images/undo.png
1262 to undo some mistake.
1263 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1265 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1268 or the toolbar button
1269 \begin_inset Graphics
1270 filename ../images/redo.png
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1286 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1289 \begin_layout Standard
1290 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1299 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1300 This is a consequence of the 100
1301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1304 step undo limit, above.
1307 \begin_layout Standard
1316 work on almost everything in LyX.
1317 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1321 \begin_layout Section
1323 \begin_inset Index idx
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1336 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1339 \begin_layout Enumerate
1344 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 once anywhere in the edit window.
1350 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1354 \begin_layout Enumerate
1359 \begin_layout Itemize
1365 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1368 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1371 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1375 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1385 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1391 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1395 \begin_layout Enumerate
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1405 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1410 \begin_layout Section
1412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1414 name "sec:Navigating"
1419 \begin_inset Index idx
1422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1431 \begin_layout Standard
1432 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1435 \begin_layout Itemize
1440 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1441 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1450 or the toolbar button
1451 \begin_inset Graphics
1452 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1459 \begin_layout Standard
1460 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1461 (TOC) that is described in section
1462 \begin_inset space ~
1466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1468 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1473 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1474 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1475 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1476 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1477 to the document, see section
1478 \begin_inset space ~
1482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1484 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1493 option sorts the current list, and the
1497 option keeps it in the current view state.
1498 Keeping means that when you have e.
1499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1503 \begin_inset space \space{}
1506 the subsections of section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 3, the subsections of section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1518 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1523 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1524 \begin_inset space ~
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1532 \begin_inset space \space{}
1536 \begin_inset Graphics
1537 filename ../images/down.png
1542 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1547 \begin_inset space \space{}
1551 \begin_inset Graphics
1552 filename ../images/up.png
1557 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1561 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1563 So you can for example move section
1564 \begin_inset space ~
1568 \begin_inset space ~
1572 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/promote.png
1580 \begin_inset Graphics
1581 filename ../images/demote.png
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1617 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1618 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1619 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1620 go back to your last editing position.
1623 \begin_layout Section
1624 Input / Word Completion
1625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1627 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1632 \begin_inset Index idx
1635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1642 \begin_inset Index idx
1645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1679 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1680 is used to propose completions.
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1685 there are completions available.
1686 You can then press the
1690 key to use this completion.
1691 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1692 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1693 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1700 \begin_layout Standard
1701 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1703 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1706 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1708 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1711 by deselecting the option
1718 Automatic inline completion
1720 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1721 To accept this proposal, use the
1730 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1731 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1739 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1746 \begin_layout Section
1748 \begin_inset Index idx
1751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1758 \begin_inset Index idx
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1790 \begin_inset Index idx
1793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1825 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1826 LyX's default is CUA.
1829 \begin_layout Standard
1833 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1862 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1866 \begin_layout Labeling
1867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1871 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1872 LatexCommand nomenclature
1874 description "Tabulator key"
1880 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1881 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1882 \begin_inset space ~
1886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1888 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1895 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1899 , especially section
1900 \begin_inset space ~
1904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1906 reference "sub:Lists"
1912 If you're still confused, look in the
1919 \begin_layout Labeling
1920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1924 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1925 LatexCommand nomenclature
1927 description "Escape key"
1934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1941 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1942 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1945 \begin_layout Labeling
1946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1952 \begin_inset space ~
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1963 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1964 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1968 \begin_layout Standard
1969 There are three modifier keys:
1972 \begin_layout Labeling
1973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1991 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1992 LatexCommand nomenclature
1994 description "Control key"
1998 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1999 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2003 \begin_layout Itemize
2012 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2015 \begin_layout Itemize
2024 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2027 \begin_layout Itemize
2036 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2040 \begin_layout Labeling
2041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2059 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2060 LatexCommand nomenclature
2062 description "Shift key"
2066 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2067 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2070 \begin_layout Labeling
2071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2090 LatexCommand nomenclature
2092 description "Alt or Meta key"
2096 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2097 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2098 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2104 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2106 menu accelerator keys
2109 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2110 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 For example, the sequence
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2122 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2132 \begin_inset space ~
2140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2159 \begin_inset space ~
2165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2175 \begin_layout Standard
2180 manual lists all other things bound to the
2188 \begin_layout Standard
2189 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2190 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2191 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2192 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2193 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2194 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2195 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2196 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2212 followed by a capital
2219 \begin_layout Standard
2220 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2222 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2227 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 as explained in sec.
2231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2237 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_layout Chapter
2246 \begin_inset Index idx
2249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 \begin_layout Section
2260 \begin_inset Index idx
2263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2272 \begin_layout Subsection
2276 \begin_layout Standard
2277 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2278 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2279 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2280 numbering schemes, and so on.
2281 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2282 and format the title of your document differently.
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2290 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2291 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2292 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2293 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2294 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2297 \begin_layout Standard
2298 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2299 how to adjust their properties.
2302 \begin_layout Subsection
2304 \begin_inset Index idx
2307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2316 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2323 \begin_layout Standard
2324 You can select a class using the
2326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2327 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2331 \begin_inset Index idx
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2341 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2349 \begin_layout Standard
2350 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2354 \begin_layout Description
2355 Article for basic articles
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 Report for basic reports
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Book for writing a book
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Letter for US-style letters
2370 \begin_layout Standard
2371 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2372 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2373 will include many of these.
2374 Here are some of the classes.
2375 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2377 Special Document Classes
2386 \begin_layout Description
2387 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2390 \begin_layout Description
2391 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2395 \begin_layout Description
2396 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2400 \begin_layout Description
2401 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2402 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2403 There are three article layouts available.
2404 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2405 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2406 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2407 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2412 sequential numbering
2413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2416 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2417 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2418 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2419 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2422 \begin_layout Description
2423 Beamer Layout for presentations
2426 \begin_layout Description
2427 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2428 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2436 \begin_layout Description
2438 \begin_inset space ~
2441 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2444 \begin_layout Description
2445 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 Foils Used to make transparencies
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2454 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2460 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2473 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2474 (Is used by this document.)
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2485 \begin_layout Description
2490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2497 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2498 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2500 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2503 \begin_layout Description
2504 Slides Used to make transparencies
2507 \begin_layout Description
2509 \begin_inset space ~
2512 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2513 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2520 \begin_layout Standard
2521 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2523 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2529 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2530 of the document classes.
2533 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2537 \begin_layout Standard
2538 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2544 \begin_inset Index idx
2547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2564 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2576 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2577 that are not installed to produce output.
2578 So it seems that something is wrong.
2581 \begin_layout Standard
2582 But nothing is wrong.
2583 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2584 and some of them, like
2588 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2589 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2590 files, with a growing number.
2591 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2592 by some document class.
2593 There are just too many of them.
2594 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2599 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2600 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2601 document class for a new file.
2602 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2607 Installing new LaTeX files
2608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2615 manual for information on how to install them.
2616 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2624 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2626 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2627 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2628 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2630 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2633 \begin_inset space ~
2640 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2652 \begin_inset Index idx
2655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2664 \begin_layout Standard
2665 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2666 chosen document class.
2667 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2668 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 \begin_inset Index idx
2682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2689 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2693 \begin_layout Standard
2694 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2695 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2696 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2697 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2698 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2699 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2700 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2702 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2706 \begin_inset Index idx
2709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2710 Reconfiguration of LyX
2716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2719 Installing new LaTeX files
2720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2727 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2730 \begin_layout Standard
2731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2739 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2740 LyX will advise you about these things.
2748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 Each class has a default set of options.
2754 Here's a quick table describing them:
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2764 \begin_layout Standard
2766 \begin_inset Tabular
2767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_layout Standard
3228 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 You're probably also wondering what
3236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3240 \begin_inset space ~
3244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3248 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3249 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3254 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3259 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3269 headings, there are also
3277 headings, and so on.
3278 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3285 reference "sub:Headings"
3292 \begin_layout Subsection
3294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3296 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3301 \begin_inset Index idx
3304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 \begin_inset Index idx
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3325 \begin_layout Standard
3326 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3339 \begin_inset space ~
3344 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3346 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3347 to use for your document.
3348 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3352 \begin_layout Standard
3359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3365 \begin_inset space ~
3370 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3371 You can choose between the following five options:
3374 \begin_layout Labeling
3375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3380 Use default page style of current class.
3383 \begin_layout Labeling
3384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3389 No page numbers or headings.
3392 \begin_layout Labeling
3393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3401 \begin_layout Labeling
3402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3407 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3408 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3409 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3412 \begin_layout Labeling
3413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3418 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3424 \begin_inset Index idx
3427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3428 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3434 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3435 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3437 Check the documentation for the
3441 package for more details,
3442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3451 \begin_layout Standard
3456 of paragraphs is described in section
3457 \begin_inset space ~
3461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3463 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3470 \begin_layout Subsection
3471 Paper Size and Orientation
3472 \begin_inset Index idx
3475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3476 Document ! Paper size
3482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3484 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3492 You'll find the following options in the menu
3495 \begin_inset space ~
3500 of the dialog of the
3502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3508 \begin_inset Index idx
3511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3520 \begin_layout Labeling
3521 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3525 \begin_inset space ~
3530 What size paper to print on.
3534 \begin_layout Itemize
3540 \begin_layout Itemize
3550 \begin_layout Itemize
3556 \begin_layout Itemize
3562 \begin_layout Itemize
3568 \begin_layout Itemize
3574 \begin_layout Itemize
3580 \begin_layout Labeling
3581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3586 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3597 \begin_layout Labeling
3598 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3602 \begin_inset space ~
3607 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3608 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3611 \begin_layout Subsection
3613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3620 \begin_inset Index idx
3623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3630 \begin_inset Index idx
3633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 \begin_layout Standard
3643 Paper margins are set in the menu
3645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3649 \begin_inset Index idx
3652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3661 \begin_layout Standard
3662 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3663 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3664 the paper format and the font size into account.
3667 \begin_layout Subsection
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3672 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3677 That includes the paragraph environments.
3678 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3679 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3680 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3681 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3690 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3692 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3693 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3694 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3697 \begin_layout Section
3698 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3699 \begin_inset Index idx
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3703 Paragraph ! Indentation
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3722 \begin_layout Standard
3723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3743 language than English.
3744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3747 \begin_layout Standard
3748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3749 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3752 LyX takes care of that.
3753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3757 of a page, and so on.
3761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3772 of these pre-coded spacings.
3773 We'll explain more later.
3776 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 Paragraph Separation
3778 \begin_inset Index idx
3781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3782 Paragraph ! Separation
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 To separate paragraphs, select
3802 \begin_inset space ~
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3822 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3823 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3824 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3827 \begin_layout Standard
3837 \begin_layout Standard
3838 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3839 \begin_inset space ~
3843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3845 reference "cap:Units"
3850 The default length is 30
3851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3857 \begin_layout Subsection
3861 \begin_layout Standard
3862 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3865 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3867 \begin_inset space ~
3872 dialog and toggle the
3875 \begin_inset space ~
3880 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3883 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3887 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3888 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3892 \begin_layout Standard
3893 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3894 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3899 \begin_inset Index idx
3902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3903 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3918 \begin_inset Index idx
3921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3930 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3933 \begin_inset space ~
3942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3943 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3948 \begin_inset Index idx
3951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3952 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3957 installed to use this feature.
3965 \begin_layout Section
3966 Paragraph Environments
3967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3974 \begin_inset Index idx
3977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3978 Paragraph ! Environments
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3988 Paragraph environments|(
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4004 \begin_layout Standard
4023 \begin_inset Newline newline
4026 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4027 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4028 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4037 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 A paragraph environment is simply a
4042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4049 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4050 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4051 scheme, labels, and so on.
4052 Additionally, you can
4053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4060 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4061 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4062 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4063 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4064 days of typewriters.
4065 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4067 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4070 \begin_layout Standard
4071 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4072 \begin_inset Graphics
4073 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4079 at the left end of the toolbar.
4080 LyX will change the environment of the
4084 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4085 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4086 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4090 \begin_layout Standard
4099 create a new paragraph using the
4103 paragraph environment.
4105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4112 because if you are in one of these environments:
4115 \begin_layout Itemize
4121 \begin_layout Itemize
4127 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 \begin_layout Itemize
4139 \begin_layout Itemize
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4151 \begin_layout Itemize
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4162 , rather than resetting it to
4167 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4168 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4169 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4170 \begin_inset space ~
4174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4176 reference "sec:Nesting"
4181 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4186 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4187 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4191 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4197 \begin_layout Subsection
4201 \begin_layout Standard
4202 The default paragraph environment is
4207 It creates a plain paragraph.
4208 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4209 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4210 this manual) are in the
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4218 You can nest a paragraph using the
4222 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4230 \begin_layout Subsection
4232 \begin_inset Index idx
4235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4244 \begin_layout Standard
4245 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 for thanks or contact information.
4255 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4256 page along with today's date.
4257 For other types of documents, the title
4258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4265 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4284 Here's how you use them:
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4288 Put the title of your document in the
4295 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 Put the author name in the
4303 \begin_layout Itemize
4304 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4305 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4311 Note that using this environment is optional.
4312 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4313 If you don't want any date, add the line
4314 \begin_inset Newline newline
4324 \begin_inset Newline newline
4327 to the preamble of your document (menu
4329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 You can use footnotes to insert
4337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4344 or contact information.
4347 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_inset Index idx
4352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4370 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4375 \begin_inset Index idx
4378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4379 Section headings ! Numbered
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4392 \begin_layout Enumerate
4398 \begin_layout Enumerate
4404 \begin_layout Enumerate
4410 \begin_layout Enumerate
4416 \begin_layout Enumerate
4422 \begin_layout Enumerate
4428 \begin_layout Enumerate
4434 \begin_layout Standard
4435 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4436 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4437 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4440 \begin_layout Standard
4441 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4442 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4443 You group the book into chapters.
4444 LyX does similar grouping:
4447 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 is divided in either
4463 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4487 \begin_layout Itemize
4499 \begin_layout Itemize
4511 \begin_layout Itemize
4523 \begin_layout Standard
4524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4532 Not all document types use the
4536 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4541 is the top-level heading.
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4554 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4555 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4557 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4571 \begin_inset Index idx
4574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4575 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4583 \begin_layout Standard
4584 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4588 \begin_layout Enumerate
4594 \begin_layout Enumerate
4600 \begin_layout Enumerate
4606 \begin_layout Enumerate
4612 \begin_layout Enumerate
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4627 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4628 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4629 table of contents, see section
4630 \begin_inset space ~
4634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4644 Changing the Numbering
4645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4647 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4654 \begin_layout Standard
4655 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4656 in the Table of Contents.
4657 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4659 Certain classes start with
4673 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4683 This is something you can change.
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4695 \begin_inset Index idx
4698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4709 \begin_inset space ~
4713 \begin_inset space ~
4718 you'll see two counters.
4723 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4725 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4730 Short Titles of Headings
4731 \begin_inset Index idx
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4735 Section headings ! Short titles
4741 \begin_inset Argument
4744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4753 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4762 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4763 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4764 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4768 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4769 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4770 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4771 To specify a short title, use the menu
4773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4775 \begin_inset space ~
4781 This will insert a box labeled
4782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4797 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4798 This also works for captions inside floats.
4801 \begin_layout Standard
4802 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 The following information applies to all section headings:
4813 \begin_layout Itemize
4814 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4817 \begin_layout Itemize
4818 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4821 \begin_layout Itemize
4822 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4826 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4829 \begin_layout Subsection
4830 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4833 \begin_layout Standard
4834 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4848 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4849 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4850 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4851 the text they contain.
4852 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4860 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4873 when you start a new paragraph.
4874 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4878 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4879 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4880 to change back to the
4884 environment yourself.
4887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4904 \begin_inset Index idx
4907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4916 \begin_layout Standard
4917 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4918 time for the differences.
4927 are identical except for one difference:
4931 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4940 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 Here's an example of the
4957 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4959 See – no indentation!
4963 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4964 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4965 the other paragraph.
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 Here's another example, this time in the
4976 \begin_layout Quotation
4982 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4983 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4984 the first line, then
4988 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4992 you were quoting other text.
4995 \begin_layout Quotation
4996 Here's a new paragraph.
4997 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4998 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5002 As the examples show,
5006 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5007 They should put quotes in the
5012 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5016 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5025 \begin_inset Index idx
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5037 \begin_inset Index idx
5040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5061 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5067 \begin_inset Newline newline
5070 Which I did not rehearse!
5074 It could be much worse.
5075 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5077 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5078 indented a bit more than the first.
5079 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5085 \begin_inset Newline newline
5088 And make things look fine
5089 \begin_inset Newline newline
5095 arg "newline-insert newline"
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5106 does not indent both margins.
5107 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5108 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5115 arg "newline-insert newline"
5121 \begin_layout Subsection
5123 \begin_inset Index idx
5126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5143 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5153 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5162 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5163 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5164 some general features of all four of them.
5167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5171 \begin_layout Standard
5172 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5174 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5183 reset the environment to
5187 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5188 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5189 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5193 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5196 to break paragraphs.
5199 \begin_layout Standard
5200 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5201 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5203 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5204 you read all of section
5205 \begin_inset space ~
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5211 reference "sec:Nesting"
5219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5225 \begin_inset Index idx
5228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5249 paragraph environment.
5250 It has the following properties:
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 The items can have any length.
5269 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5270 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5277 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 environment inside another
5286 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5290 \begin_layout Itemize
5291 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5294 \begin_layout Itemize
5295 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5298 \begin_layout Itemize
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 for a full explanation of nesting.
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5324 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5327 \begin_layout Standard
5328 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5329 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5332 \begin_layout Itemize
5333 The label for the first level
5337 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5341 \begin_layout Itemize
5342 The label for the second level is a dash.
5346 \begin_layout Itemize
5347 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5351 \begin_layout Itemize
5352 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5356 \begin_layout Itemize
5357 Back out to the third level.
5361 \begin_layout Itemize
5362 Back to the second level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 Back to the outermost level.
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5371 These are the default labels for an
5376 You can customize these labels in the
5378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5381 dialog in the submenu
5388 \begin_inset Index idx
5391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5401 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5402 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5410 reference "sec:Nesting"
5417 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5423 \begin_inset Index idx
5426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5435 name "sec:Enumerate"
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5447 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5448 It has these properties:
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5465 \begin_layout Enumerate
5470 environment resets the counter to one.
5473 \begin_layout Enumerate
5486 \begin_layout Enumerate
5487 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5488 Items can have any length.
5491 \begin_layout Enumerate
5492 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5495 \begin_layout Enumerate
5496 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5499 \begin_layout Enumerate
5500 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5513 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5514 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5521 \begin_layout Enumerate
5522 The first level of an
5526 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5530 \begin_layout Enumerate
5531 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5535 \begin_layout Enumerate
5536 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5540 \begin_layout Enumerate
5541 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5550 \begin_layout Enumerate
5551 Back to the third level
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Back to the second level.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 Back to the outermost level.
5564 \begin_layout Standard
5565 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5570 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5575 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5580 There is more to nesting
5584 environments than we've stated here.
5585 You should read section
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sec:Nesting"
5596 to learn more about nesting.
5599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5605 \begin_inset Index idx
5608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5618 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5622 list has no fixed label.
5623 Instead, LyX uses the first
5624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5631 of the first line as the label.
5635 \begin_layout Description
5636 Example: This is an example of the
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5644 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5657 it is meant that the first hit of the
5661 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5663 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5671 arg "space-insert protected"
5676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5677 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5679 \begin_inset space ~
5685 \begin_inset space ~
5689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5691 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5695 for more info.) Here is an example:
5698 \begin_layout Description
5700 \begin_inset space ~
5703 Example: This one shows how to use a
5706 \begin_inset space ~
5718 \begin_layout Description
5719 Usage: You should use the
5723 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5724 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5726 It's not a good idea to use a
5730 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5731 You're better off using
5743 paragraphs into them.
5746 \begin_layout Description
5747 Nesting: You can nest
5751 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5757 them from the first line.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5766 \begin_inset Index idx
5769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5783 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5795 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5800 environment is named
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5821 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5822 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5825 \begin_layout Labeling
5826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5828 \begin_inset space ~
5831 labels LyX uses the first
5832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5839 of each line as the item label.
5844 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5845 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5846 blank as described above.
5849 \begin_layout Labeling
5850 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5851 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5852 the body of the item text.
5853 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5854 label width plus a little extra space.
5858 \begin_layout Labeling
5859 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5861 \begin_inset space ~
5864 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5866 If the label width is larger, the label
5867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5874 into the first line.
5875 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5876 margin of the rest of the item text.
5879 \begin_layout Labeling
5880 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5890 environment have the same left margin.
5891 \begin_inset Newline newline
5894 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5897 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5899 \begin_inset space ~
5908 \begin_inset space ~
5913 determines the default label width.
5914 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5923 multiple times instead.
5924 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5933 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5936 \begin_inset space ~
5941 every time you alter a label in a
5946 \begin_inset Newline newline
5949 The predefined default width is the length of
5950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5959 \begin_inset Newline newline
5963 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5971 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5972 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5980 \begin_layout Standard
5985 environment the same way like the
5989 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5995 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6004 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6006 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6014 reference "sec:Nesting"
6018 to learn about nesting.
6021 \begin_layout Standard
6022 There is yet another feature of the
6026 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6028 You can use additional
6032 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6037 are documented in section
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6044 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6049 Here are some examples:
6050 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6056 \begin_layout Labeling
6057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6058 Left The default for
6065 \begin_layout Labeling
6066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6074 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6077 \begin_layout Labeling
6078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6079 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6090 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6093 \begin_layout Subsection
6095 \begin_inset Index idx
6098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6115 \begin_inset space ~
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6124 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6132 \begin_inset space ~
6138 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6139 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6140 In contrast, you can use the
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6152 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6153 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6158 Of course, you're not limited to using
6165 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6179 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6180 some European academic papers.
6183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6187 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6194 \begin_layout Standard
6199 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6200 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6209 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6210 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6211 Here's an example of each:
6214 \begin_layout Right Address
6216 \begin_inset Newline newline
6220 \begin_inset Newline newline
6224 \begin_inset Newline newline
6227 When is it? What is today?
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6234 \begin_inset space ~
6240 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6241 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6242 Here's an example of the
6249 \begin_layout Address
6251 \begin_inset Newline newline
6254 Where do I send this
6255 \begin_inset Newline newline
6258 Your post office and country
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6262 As you can see, both
6269 \begin_inset space ~
6274 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6279 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6285 This makes sense, since
6293 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6294 Thus, you have to use
6301 arg "newline-insert newline"
6307 \begin_inset space ~
6310 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6312 \begin_inset space ~
6321 menu) to start a new line in an
6328 \begin_inset space ~
6336 \begin_layout Subsection
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6341 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6342 or list of references.
6343 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6350 \begin_inset Index idx
6353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6367 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6368 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6369 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6370 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6374 in anything else or vice versa.
6380 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6381 The book document classes ignores the
6385 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6389 in a letter document class.
6392 \begin_layout Standard
6397 environment does several things for you.
6398 First, it puts the centered label
6399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6407 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6409 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6410 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6411 the subsequent text.
6412 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6413 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6416 \begin_layout Standard
6417 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6421 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6422 The new paragraph will still be in the
6427 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6428 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 \begin_inset Float figure
6437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6439 \begin_inset Graphics
6440 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6448 \begin_inset Caption
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6453 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6474 \begin_layout Standard
6475 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6479 environment, but since this document is in the
6480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6487 class, we can't do this.
6488 We inserted it therefore as figure
6489 \begin_inset space ~
6493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6495 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6500 If you've never heard of an
6501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6508 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6517 \begin_inset Index idx
6520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6529 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6541 environment is used to list references.
6542 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6543 only use it at the end of the document.
6548 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6552 When you first open a
6556 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6572 depending on the document class.
6573 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6574 Each paragraph of the
6578 environment is a bibliography entry.
6583 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6584 Each new paragraph is still in the
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6593 by using a BibTeX database.
6594 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6595 phy handling, have a look at in section
6596 \begin_inset space ~
6600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6602 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6609 \begin_layout Subsection
6613 \begin_inset Index idx
6616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6617 Paragraph ! LyX code
6623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6632 \begin_layout Standard
6637 environment is another LyX extension.
6638 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6643 key as a fixed whitespace;
6647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 \begin_inset space ~
6664 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6669 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6670 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6673 arg "newline-insert newline"
6690 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6691 So, when you finish using the
6695 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6696 Also, you can nest the
6700 environment inside of others.
6703 \begin_layout Standard
6704 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6707 \begin_layout Itemize
6711 arg "newline-insert newline"
6714 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6715 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6719 \begin_inset space \space{}
6729 arg "newline-insert newline"
6735 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 arg "newline-insert newline"
6750 \begin_layout Itemize
6755 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6762 \begin_layout Itemize
6766 arg "space-insert protected"
6773 \begin_layout Itemize
6774 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6775 You must put at least one
6779 in any line you want blank.
6780 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6783 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6788 since that will insert
6793 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6796 arg "self-insert \""
6802 \begin_layout Standard
6806 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6810 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6814 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6818 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6822 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6823 printf("Hello World!
6828 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6832 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 This is just the standard
6838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6854 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6855 rc-files, and so on.
6856 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6857 as if you used a typewriter.
6858 \begin_inset Index idx
6861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6862 Paragraph environments|)
6870 \begin_layout Section
6871 Nesting Environments
6872 \begin_inset Index idx
6875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 Nesting ! Environments
6882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6891 \begin_layout Subsection
6895 \begin_layout Standard
6896 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6898 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6900 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6902 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6914 \begin_layout Enumerate
6918 \begin_layout Enumerate
6923 \begin_layout Enumerate
6927 \begin_layout Enumerate
6932 \begin_layout Enumerate
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6938 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6941 \begin_inset space ~
6945 \begin_inset space ~
6953 \begin_inset space ~
6957 \begin_inset space ~
6966 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6967 will tell you how far you are nested).
6968 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6969 \begin_inset Graphics
6970 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6975 \begin_inset Graphics
6976 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6980 or the convenient key bindings
6991 arg "depth-increment"
6997 arg "depth-decrement"
7000 to change the nesting level.
7001 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7002 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7008 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7009 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7010 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7013 \begin_layout Standard
7014 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7015 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7017 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7020 \begin_layout Subsection
7021 What You Can and Can't Nest
7024 \begin_layout Standard
7025 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7026 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7031 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7032 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7035 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 Completely unnestable
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7049 \begin_layout Standard
7050 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7051 environments have them:
7054 \begin_layout Description
7055 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7056 Can't nest into them.
7060 \begin_layout Itemize
7066 \begin_layout Itemize
7072 \begin_layout Itemize
7078 \begin_layout Itemize
7084 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Description
7093 \begin_inset space ~
7096 Nestable You can nest them.
7097 You can nest other things into them.
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Itemize
7125 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_layout Itemize
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7143 \begin_layout Itemize
7150 \begin_layout Description
7151 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7152 You can't nest anything into them.
7156 \begin_layout Itemize
7162 \begin_layout Itemize
7168 \begin_layout Itemize
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7180 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Itemize
7192 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7204 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7222 \begin_layout Itemize
7228 \begin_layout Itemize
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7244 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Standard
7252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7260 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7269 \begin_inset space ~
7273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7277 \begin_inset space \space{}
7280 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7281 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7282 section headings violate this.
7290 \begin_layout Subsection
7291 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7292 \begin_inset Index idx
7295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7296 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7305 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7306 affected by nesting anyhow.
7310 \begin_layout Itemize
7314 \begin_layout Itemize
7318 \begin_layout Itemize
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7324 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7332 Figures and tables in
7336 are not affected by this.
7341 Have a look at section
7342 \begin_inset space ~
7346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7348 reference "sec:Floats"
7352 for more information about
7359 \begin_layout Standard
7360 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7361 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7365 \begin_layout Standard
7366 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7374 of its own, it behaves just like a
7375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7382 paragraph environment.
7383 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7387 \begin_layout Standard
7388 Here's an example with a table:
7391 \begin_layout Enumerate
7396 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 This is (a) and it's nested.
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7402 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Standard
7410 \begin_inset Tabular
7411 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7412 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7506 \begin_layout Enumerate
7508 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7512 \begin_layout Enumerate
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7520 \begin_layout Enumerate
7525 \begin_layout Enumerate
7526 This is (a) and it's nested.
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7531 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Tabular
7540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7541 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7627 \begin_layout Standard
7628 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7634 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7648 \begin_layout Standard
7649 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7653 \begin_layout Standard
7654 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7656 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7669 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7675 \begin_layout Standard
7677 \begin_inset Tabular
7678 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7679 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7765 \begin_layout Standard
7766 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7772 \begin_layout Enumerate
7774 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7782 \begin_layout Enumerate
7786 \begin_layout Standard
7787 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7793 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7794 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7798 \begin_layout Subsection
7799 Usage and General Features
7802 \begin_layout Standard
7803 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7812 is the innermost possible depth.
7813 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7816 \begin_layout Enumerate
7817 level #1 – outermost
7821 \begin_layout Enumerate
7826 \begin_layout Enumerate
7831 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 \begin_layout Itemize
7841 \begin_layout Itemize
7850 \begin_layout Standard
7851 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7852 both of them in the example.
7853 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7863 For example, if we tried to nest another
7868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7875 , we would get errors.
7878 \begin_layout Subsection
7880 \begin_inset Index idx
7883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7893 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7894 We have several examples of nested environments.
7895 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7900 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7903 \begin_layout Labeling
7904 \labelwidthstring MMM
7905 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7914 \begin_layout Labeling
7915 \labelwidthstring MMM
7916 #2-a This is level #2.
7917 We created it by using
7920 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7926 arg "depth-increment"
7933 \begin_layout Labeling
7934 \labelwidthstring MMM
7935 #3-a This is level #3.
7936 This time, we just hit
7943 arg "depth-increment"
7947 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7957 arg "depth-increment"
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7969 environment, nested inside of
7970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7978 So, it's at level #4.
7979 We did this by hitting
7982 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7988 arg "depth-increment"
7991 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7996 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8012 \begin_layout Standard
8017 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8020 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8026 \begin_layout Labeling
8027 \labelwidthstring MMM
8028 #4-a This is level #4.
8032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8035 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8040 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8044 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8049 keep nesting things inside
8050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8061 \begin_layout Labeling
8062 \labelwidthstring MMM
8063 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8068 \begin_layout Labeling
8069 \labelwidthstring MMM
8070 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8071 and this is level #6.
8072 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8076 \begin_layout Labeling
8077 \labelwidthstring MMM
8078 #5-b Back to level #5.
8082 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8088 arg "depth-decrement"
8095 \begin_layout Labeling
8096 \labelwidthstring MMM
8100 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8106 arg "depth-decrement"
8109 , we're back at level #4.
8113 \begin_layout Labeling
8114 \labelwidthstring MMM
8115 #3-b Back to level #3.
8116 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8120 \begin_layout Labeling
8121 \labelwidthstring MMM
8122 #2-b Back to level #2.
8127 \begin_layout Labeling
8128 \labelwidthstring MMM
8129 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8130 After this sentence, we'll hit
8134 and change the paragraph environment back to
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 We could have also used the
8158 environment in place of the
8163 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8167 Example 2: Inheritance
8170 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8171 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8174 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8183 arg "depth-increment"
8186 , after which, we'll change to the
8194 \begin_layout Enumerate
8199 environment, at level #2.
8202 \begin_layout Enumerate
8203 Notice how the nested
8207 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8211 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8215 \begin_layout Standard
8216 We ended this example by hitting
8221 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8225 and reset the nesting depth by using
8228 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8235 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8244 \begin_inset Argument
8247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8248 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8256 \begin_layout Enumerate
8257 This is level #1, in an
8261 paragraph environment.
8262 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8266 \begin_layout Enumerate
8271 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8277 arg "depth-increment"
8281 Now, what happens if we nest an
8285 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8286 label be? An asterisk?
8290 \begin_layout Itemize
8300 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8301 So, its label is a bullet.
8302 (We got here by using
8305 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8311 arg "depth-increment"
8314 , then changing the environment to
8322 \begin_layout Itemize
8323 Here's level #4, produced using
8326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8332 arg "depth-increment"
8336 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8344 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8349 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8353 , because we are in the
8362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8381 \begin_layout Enumerate
8386 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8387 type of numbering does LyX use?
8390 \begin_layout Enumerate
8391 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8394 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8397 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8400 \begin_layout Enumerate
8404 arg "depth-decrement"
8407 to decrease the depth after the next
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8417 \begin_layout Enumerate
8419 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8423 \begin_layout Enumerate
8425 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8426 numeral as the label.Why?
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8430 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8439 Notice, however, that LyX
8443 reset the counter for the label.
8447 \begin_layout Enumerate
8451 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8457 arg "depth-decrement"
8460 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8461 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8462 into the twofold-nested
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8471 The same thing happens if we do another
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8480 arg "depth-decrement"
8483 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8492 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8506 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8512 The same rule applies for the
8516 environment, as well.
8519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8520 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8523 \begin_layout Enumerate
8524 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8525 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8526 same detail with how we did it.
8535 \begin_layout Standard
8543 arg "depth-increment"
8550 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8551 example in parentheses someplace.
8552 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8553 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8554 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8558 \begin_layout Enumerate
8563 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8568 Now we'll add verse.
8569 \begin_inset Newline newline
8572 It will get much worse.
8573 \begin_inset Newline newline
8583 arg "depth-increment"
8594 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8595 \begin_inset Newline newline
8598 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8599 \begin_inset Newline newline
8605 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8618 \begin_layout Standard
8619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8627 \begin_inset Tabular
8628 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8629 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8630 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8631 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8730 arg "depth-increment"
8736 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8746 arg "depth-decrement"
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8758 : level #1) This is another item.
8759 Note that selecting a
8763 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8764 3 times to put the table inside the
8772 \begin_layout Quotation
8773 We're now ending the
8777 list and changing to
8782 We're still at level #1.
8783 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8784 The next set of paragraphs is a
8785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8799 \begin_inset space ~
8804 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8808 for the letter body.
8812 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8815 to preserve the depth.
8816 Remember that you need to use
8819 arg "newline-insert newline"
8822 to create multiple lines inside the
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8839 \begin_layout Right Address
8841 \begin_inset Newline newline
8844 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8845 \begin_inset Newline newline
8851 \begin_layout Address
8853 \begin_inset space ~
8859 \begin_layout Quotation
8860 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8864 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8865 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8866 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8867 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8868 as soon as possible.
8869 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8872 \begin_layout Quotation
8873 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8874 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8875 with your order, along with payment.
8878 \begin_layout Quotation
8879 We thank you again for your patience.
8882 \begin_layout Address
8884 \begin_inset Newline newline
8891 \begin_layout Quotation
8892 That ends that example!
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8897 just a few keystrokes.
8898 We could have easily nested an
8919 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8922 \begin_layout Section
8923 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8924 \begin_inset Index idx
8927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8937 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8938 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8939 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8940 be broken at the end of a line.
8941 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8945 \begin_layout Subsection
8947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8949 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8954 \begin_inset Index idx
8957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8969 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8973 Further documentation is given in section
8974 \begin_inset Newline newline
8978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8980 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8988 \begin_layout Standard
8989 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9004 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9013 A protected space is set with
9015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9016 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9020 \begin_inset space ~
9030 arg "space-insert protected"
9036 \begin_layout Subsection
9038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9040 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9045 \begin_inset Index idx
9048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9049 Spacing ! Horizontal
9057 \begin_layout Standard
9058 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9061 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9065 The length units are listed in Appendix
9066 \begin_inset space ~
9070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9072 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9083 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9088 \begin_inset Index idx
9091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9100 \begin_layout Standard
9102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9106 \begin_inset space \space{}
9109 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9110 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9117 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9122 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9123 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9126 arg "space-insert normal"
9132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9136 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9141 \begin_inset Index idx
9144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9153 \begin_layout Standard
9155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9162 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9171 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9172 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9173 inside abbreviations:
9178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9182 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 or between values and units.
9187 Compare for example this:
9188 \begin_inset Newline newline
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 \begin_inset Newline newline
9202 \begin_layout Standard
9203 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9206 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9208 \begin_inset space ~
9216 arg "space-insert thin"
9222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9226 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9237 \begin_layout Description
9239 \begin_inset space ~
9243 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9251 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9255 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9258 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9261 \begin_layout Description
9263 \begin_inset space ~
9267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9271 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9275 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9279 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9286 em) space between the arrows.
9289 \begin_layout Description
9291 \begin_inset space ~
9295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9299 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9303 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9307 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9318 em) space between the arrows.
9321 \begin_layout Description
9323 \begin_inset space ~
9327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9331 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9335 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9339 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9343 \begin_inset space ~
9347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9350 em) space between the arrows.
9353 \begin_layout Description
9355 \begin_inset space ~
9359 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9363 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9368 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9375 cm space between the arrows.
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9380 \begin_inset space ~
9384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9386 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9390 lists the different space sizes.
9393 \begin_layout Standard
9394 \begin_inset Float table
9399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9401 \begin_inset Caption
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9406 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9410 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_inset Tabular
9421 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9422 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9641 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9647 \begin_inset Index idx
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9659 \begin_layout Standard
9660 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9661 in a uniform fashion.
9662 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9663 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9664 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9665 equally between themselves.
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9675 This is on the left side
9676 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9679 This is on the right
9685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 That was an example in the
9719 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9723 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9727 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9730 is one in a standard paragraph.
9731 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9735 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9738 \begin_layout Standard
9739 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9742 \begin_inset space ~
9747 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9750 \begin_layout Standard
9752 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9756 \begin_inset space ~
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9764 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9768 \begin_inset space ~
9774 \begin_layout Standard
9776 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9780 \begin_inset space ~
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9788 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9792 \begin_inset space ~
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9800 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9804 \begin_inset space ~
9810 \begin_layout Standard
9812 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9816 \begin_inset space ~
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9835 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9836 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9837 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9841 option in the space dialog.
9849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9851 \begin_inset Index idx
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9863 \begin_layout Standard
9864 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9870 \begin_inset space \space{}
9873 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9880 What is correct English?:
9881 \begin_inset Newline newline
9885 \begin_inset Newline newline
9889 \begin_inset space ~
9892 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9893 \begin_inset Newline newline
9897 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9908 \begin_inset Newline newline
9912 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9923 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9930 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9935 \begin_inset space ~
9939 \begin_inset space ~
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9947 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9950 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9954 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9964 \begin_inset space ~
9968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9981 That is why it is named
9982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9990 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
9991 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
9995 \begin_layout Subsection
9997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9999 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10017 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10019 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10020 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10022 \begin_inset space ~
10028 There you find the following sizes:
10031 \begin_layout Standard
10044 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10049 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10055 \begin_inset Index idx
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 Document ! Settings
10064 for the paragraph separation.
10065 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10082 \begin_inset Index idx
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10091 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10092 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10094 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10095 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10104 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10113 s are described in section
10114 \begin_inset space ~
10118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10120 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10129 If there are several
10133 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10134 You can therefore use
10138 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10146 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10147 \begin_inset space ~
10151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10160 \begin_layout Standard
10161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10171 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10172 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10184 \begin_layout Subsection
10185 Paragraph Alignment
10188 \begin_layout Standard
10189 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10195 There are five possibilities:
10198 \begin_layout Itemize
10206 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10212 \begin_layout Itemize
10220 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10226 \begin_layout Itemize
10234 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10240 \begin_layout Itemize
10248 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10254 \begin_layout Itemize
10262 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10270 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10271 the left and right margins.
10272 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10277 This paragraph is right aligned,
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10282 this one is centered,
10285 \begin_layout Standard
10287 this one is left aligned.
10290 \begin_layout Subsection
10292 \begin_inset Index idx
10295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10296 Page breaks ! Forced
10302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10304 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10313 can force a page break where you want one.
10314 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10315 Only if you use a lot of
10319 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10323 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10324 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10328 have to change the page breaking.
10331 \begin_layout Standard
10332 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10334 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10336 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10337 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10339 \begin_inset space ~
10345 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10355 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10357 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10358 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10361 \begin_layout Standard
10362 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10363 at the top of a page.
10364 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10365 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10366 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10367 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10371 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10375 to learn more about
10382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10386 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10391 \begin_inset Index idx
10394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10395 Page breaks ! Clear
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10405 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10406 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10407 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10408 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10411 \begin_layout Standard
10412 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10417 \begin_inset space ~
10423 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10426 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10432 \begin_inset space ~
10437 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10438 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10441 \begin_layout Subsection
10443 \begin_inset Index idx
10446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10455 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10465 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10468 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10470 \begin_inset space ~
10474 \begin_inset space ~
10482 arg "newline-insert newline"
10486 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 \begin_inset space ~
10495 \begin_inset space ~
10500 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10502 This is necessary to avoid
10503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10510 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10514 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10515 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10516 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10517 set a line break, e.
10518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10522 \begin_inset space \space{}
10525 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10532 reference "sec:Quote"
10537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10539 reference "sec:Verse"
10544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10546 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10553 \begin_layout Subsection
10555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10557 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10562 \begin_inset Index idx
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10576 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10591 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 you can insert horizontal lines.
10599 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10600 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10605 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10620 \begin_layout Section
10621 Characters and Symbols
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10625 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10626 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10631 \begin_inset space \space{}
10634 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10642 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10646 for information on how this is done.
10649 \begin_layout Standard
10650 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10655 dialog via the menu
10657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10658 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10673 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10674 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10675 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10683 \begin_layout Section
10684 Fonts and Text Styles
10685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10687 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10694 \begin_layout Subsection
10696 \begin_inset Index idx
10699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 \begin_layout Standard
10709 There are two types of fonts:
10712 \begin_layout Description
10714 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_inset Index idx
10721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10728 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10732 characters) in the font.
10733 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10734 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10735 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10736 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10737 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10738 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10739 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10740 \begin_inset Newline newline
10743 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10744 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10745 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10746 sizes than at small ones.
10747 \begin_inset Newline newline
10761 \begin_inset space ~
10769 \begin_layout Description
10771 \begin_inset space ~
10775 \begin_inset Index idx
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10784 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10785 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10786 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10787 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10788 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10789 picture manipulation program.
10790 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10791 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10792 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10793 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10794 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10796 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10797 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10798 \begin_inset Newline newline
10801 Bitmap fonts are named
10804 \begin_inset space ~
10809 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10812 \begin_layout Standard
10813 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10814 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10815 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10816 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10817 use scalable fonts.
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10822 its document properties.
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10827 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10828 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10829 font to emphasize text, you use an
10830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10838 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10839 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10843 \begin_layout Subsection
10844 Document Font and Font size
10845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10847 name "sub:Document-Font"
10852 \begin_inset Index idx
10855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10862 \begin_inset Index idx
10865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 \begin_layout Standard
10875 You can set the document fonts in the
10877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 \begin_inset Index idx
10884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10885 Document ! Settings
10891 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10892 font shapes roman (serif),
10895 \begin_inset space ~
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 The possible options for the font include
10912 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10917 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 European Computer Modern
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10952 \begin_layout Standard
10961 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10962 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10967 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10970 \begin_inset space ~
10975 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10981 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10982 There are three ways to use one:
10985 \begin_layout Itemize
10986 One way is to use the
10996 Virtual means that it
10997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 -glyphs from other fonts.
11009 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 Loading the LaTeX-package
11036 \begin_inset Index idx
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11045 with the document preamble line
11046 \begin_inset Newline newline
11053 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11054 \begin_inset Newline newline
11059 will fix the guillemet problem.
11064 and that accented characters are not
11068 glyph, they are build of
11072 characters, the accent and the letter.
11073 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11077 fonts for words with accented characters.
11078 If you search for example for the French word
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11086 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11095 and not for the glyph
11096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11100 \begin_inset space ~
11104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11110 \begin_layout Itemize
11111 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11124 , consist of these three main font types
11127 \begin_inset space ~
11156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11160 \begin_inset space ~
11167 as typewriter font.
11168 \begin_inset Newline newline
11171 The differences between roman,
11174 \begin_inset space ~
11183 fonts are explained in section
11184 \begin_inset space ~
11188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11190 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11195 \begin_inset Newline newline
11202 was originally designed for newspapers.
11203 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11204 into the small newspaper columns.
11209 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11212 \begin_layout Itemize
11213 The best solution is to use the
11222 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11226 as the default font.
11227 In most cases they look the same as
11235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11236 One difference is improved kerning for the
11249 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11264 For the font size there are four possible values:
11281 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11284 \begin_layout Standard
11285 The font sizes are the
11290 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11291 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11292 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11295 \begin_inset space ~
11301 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11302 \begin_inset space ~
11306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11308 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11315 \begin_layout Standard
11320 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11321 a font to display the script characters.
11325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11326 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11331 So this has no effect for the document language
11347 \begin_layout Standard
11348 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11352 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11360 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11364 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11365 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11366 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11368 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11371 dialog, see section
11372 \begin_inset space ~
11376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11378 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11390 \begin_layout Subsection
11391 Using Different Character Styles
11392 \begin_inset Index idx
11395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11402 \begin_inset Index idx
11405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_layout Standard
11415 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11416 certain paragraph environments.
11417 LyX supports two character styles,
11426 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11430 \begin_layout Standard
11435 style, do one of the following:
11438 \begin_layout Itemize
11439 click on the toolbar button
11440 \begin_inset Graphics
11441 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11448 \begin_layout Itemize
11449 use the key binding
11458 \begin_layout Standard
11459 These commands are all toggles.
11464 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11467 \begin_layout Standard
11468 One typically uses the
11472 style for proper names.
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 is the original author of LyX.
11482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11488 \begin_layout Standard
11489 A more widely used character style is the
11494 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11501 \begin_layout Itemize
11502 clicking on the toolbar button
11503 \begin_inset Graphics
11504 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11511 \begin_layout Itemize
11512 using the keybindings
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11526 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11527 es use a different font.
11530 \begin_layout Standard
11531 We've been using the
11535 style all over the place in this document.
11536 Here's one more example:
11539 \begin_layout Quotation
11542 Don't overuse character styles!
11545 \begin_layout Standard
11546 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11547 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11548 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11549 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11554 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11562 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11572 \begin_layout Subsection
11573 Fine-Tuning with the
11578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11580 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11585 \begin_inset Index idx
11588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11599 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11600 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11601 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11602 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11603 from ordinary dialog.
11606 \begin_layout Standard
11607 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11608 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11609 \begin_inset Newline newline
11612 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11613 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11616 \begin_layout Standard
11617 To use custom character styles, open the
11619 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11621 \begin_inset space ~
11627 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11628 font property which you can choose.
11629 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11632 \begin_inset space ~
11637 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11642 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11643 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11644 environments in a snap.
11647 \begin_layout Standard
11648 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11651 \begin_inset space ~
11663 \begin_layout Labeling
11664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11678 The possible options are:
11682 \begin_layout Labeling
11683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11688 This is the Roman font family.
11689 Normally a serif font.
11690 It's also the default family.
11700 \begin_layout Labeling
11701 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11705 \begin_inset space ~
11712 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11724 \begin_layout Labeling
11725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 This is the Typewriter font family.
11738 arg "font-typewriter"
11747 \begin_layout Labeling
11748 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11753 This corresponds to the print weight.
11758 \begin_layout Labeling
11759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11764 This is the Medium font series.
11765 It's also the default series.
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11776 This is the Bold font series.
11789 \begin_layout Labeling
11790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11795 As the name implies.
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11806 This is the Upright font shape.
11807 It's also the default shape.
11810 \begin_layout Labeling
11811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11825 s the Italic font shape
11831 \begin_layout Labeling
11832 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11839 This is the Slanted font shape
11841 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11844 \begin_layout Labeling
11845 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11849 \begin_inset space ~
11856 This is the Small caps font shape
11863 \begin_layout Labeling
11864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11869 Alters the size of the font.
11870 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11871 nal to the document font size.
11872 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11873 what you want to do.
11878 \begin_layout Labeling
11879 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11900 arg "font-size tiny"
11906 \begin_layout Labeling
11907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11928 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11934 \begin_layout Labeling
11935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11956 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11962 \begin_layout Labeling
11963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11984 arg "font-size small"
11990 \begin_layout Labeling
11991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12005 It's also the default size.
12009 arg "font-size normal"
12015 \begin_layout Labeling
12016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12037 arg "font-size large"
12043 \begin_layout Labeling
12044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12065 arg "font-size larger"
12071 \begin_layout Labeling
12072 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12093 arg "font-size largest"
12099 \begin_layout Labeling
12100 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12121 arg "font-size huge"
12127 \begin_layout Labeling
12128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12149 arg "font-size giant"
12156 \begin_layout Standard
12161 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12162 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12163 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12164 — use that instead.
12165 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12168 \begin_layout Labeling
12169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12174 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12187 This is text with emphasize on
12190 This might seem like the same as
12194 , but it is actually a bit different.
12200 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12202 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12205 \begin_layout Labeling
12206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12213 This is text with Underbar on.
12219 arg "font-underline"
12225 \begin_inset Newline newline
12230 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12231 when you couldn't change fonts.
12232 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12233 It's only included in LyX because some people
12237 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12240 \begin_layout Labeling
12241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12248 This is text with Noun on.
12255 , this is a logical attribute.
12256 Normally it's equivalent to
12259 \begin_inset space ~
12268 \begin_layout Labeling
12269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12274 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12275 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12279 \begin_inset space ~
12284 , which is the default
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 and means normally black, you can choose between
12325 \begin_inset Index idx
12328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12337 \begin_layout Labeling
12338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12343 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12344 the language of the document.
12345 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12349 \begin_layout Standard
12350 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12351 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12353 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12355 \begin_inset space ~
12360 dialog, the settings are saved.
12361 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12362 \begin_inset Graphics
12363 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12368 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12369 when the dialog isn't visible.
12373 \begin_layout Standard
12374 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12381 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12382 (suppose you just set the shape to
12383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12401 \begin_inset space ~
12413 \begin_layout Standard
12414 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12434 \begin_layout Itemize
12440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12447 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12465 \begin_inset Newline newline
12469 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12483 \begin_inset Note Note
12486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12487 For more on phantoms see section
12488 \begin_inset space ~
12492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12494 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12504 \begin_inset Newline newline
12510 \begin_layout Itemize
12515 fonts use characters with serifs.
12516 These are the small
12517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12524 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12525 The following example will show the difference:
12526 \begin_inset Newline newline
12530 \begin_inset Newline newline
12535 text without serifs
12538 \begin_inset Newline newline
12541 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12542 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12549 \begin_layout Itemize
12555 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12556 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12559 \begin_layout Standard
12560 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12561 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12564 \begin_layout Section
12565 Printing and Previewing
12568 \begin_layout Subsection
12572 \begin_layout Standard
12573 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12574 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12575 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12576 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12577 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12579 Additional Features
12584 \begin_layout Standard
12585 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12586 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12587 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12588 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12589 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12590 This happens in two stages:
12593 \begin_layout Enumerate
12594 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12595 generating a file with the extension,
12596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12610 \begin_layout Enumerate
12611 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12615 file to produce printable output.
12619 \begin_layout Subsection
12620 Output file formats
12621 \begin_inset Index idx
12624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12633 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12640 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12642 \begin_inset Index idx
12645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12646 File formats ! ASCII
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 This file type has the extension
12656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12668 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12672 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12679 \begin_layout Standard
12680 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12682 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12683 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12689 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12691 \begin_inset Index idx
12694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12695 File formats ! LaTeX
12703 \begin_layout Standard
12704 This file type has the extension
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12716 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12718 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12719 it manually with console commands.
12720 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12721 you view or export your document.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12727 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12728 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12747 \begin_inset Index idx
12750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12759 \begin_layout Standard
12760 This file type has the extension
12761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12781 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12782 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12783 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12788 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12789 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12790 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12791 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12793 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12796 \begin_layout Standard
12797 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12799 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12800 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12808 \begin_inset Index idx
12811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12812 File formats ! PostScript
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 This file type has the extension
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 PostScript was developed by the company
12838 as a printer language.
12839 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12841 PostScript can be seen as a
12842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12845 programming language
12846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12849 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12854 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12860 \begin_inset Index idx
12863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12864 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12874 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12882 Encapsulated PostScript
12883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12886 (EPS, file extension
12887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12899 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12900 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12905 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12909 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12910 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12911 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12912 EPS to avoid this problem.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12918 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12919 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12927 \begin_inset Index idx
12930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12937 \begin_inset Index idx
12940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 This file type has the extension
12951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12967 Portable Document Format
12968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12975 was derived from PostScript.
12976 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12985 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12986 looks exactly the same.
12989 \begin_layout Standard
12990 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12994 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12998 (JPG, file extension
12999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 Portable Network Graphics
13027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13030 (PNG, file extension
13031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13043 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13044 in the background to one of these formats.
13045 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13046 will slow down your workflow.
13047 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13050 \begin_layout Standard
13051 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13053 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13056 in three different ways:
13059 \begin_layout Description
13060 PDF This uses the program
13064 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13065 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13069 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13070 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13073 \begin_layout Description
13075 \begin_inset space ~
13078 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13082 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13086 \begin_layout Description
13088 \begin_inset space ~
13091 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13095 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13098 \begin_layout Standard
13099 We recommend to use
13102 \begin_inset space ~
13111 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13112 works without problems.
13117 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13122 \begin_inset Index idx
13125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13126 FileFormats ! XHTML
13132 \begin_inset Index idx
13135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13144 \begin_layout Standard
13145 This file type has the extension
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13158 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13159 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13160 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13161 suitable for the purpose.
13162 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13163 it, but not all do.
13166 \begin_layout Standard
13167 XHTML output remains
13168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13175 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13180 LyX and the World Wide Web
13181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13186 Additional Features
13188 manual, for more information.
13191 \begin_layout Standard
13192 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13194 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13195 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13201 \begin_layout Subsection
13203 \begin_inset Index idx
13206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13215 \begin_layout Standard
13216 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13217 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13221 and choose a file type.
13222 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13225 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13228 you can use the toolbar button
13229 \begin_inset Graphics
13230 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13237 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13242 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13244 \begin_inset space ~
13250 \begin_inset Graphics
13251 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13257 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13261 \begin_inset Graphics
13262 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13269 arg "buffer-view ps"
13275 \begin_layout Standard
13276 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13277 viewer window using the menu
13279 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13285 \begin_layout Standard
13286 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13288 To have a real output, export your document.
13291 \begin_layout Subsection
13292 Printing the File from within LyX
13293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13295 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13303 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13304 it directly from within LyX.
13305 To print a file, select the menu
13307 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13310 or click on the toolbar button
13311 \begin_inset Graphics
13312 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13317 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13318 This file is then processed by the program
13322 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13327 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13330 \begin_layout Standard
13331 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13332 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13333 printing one set to print on the other side.
13334 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13335 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13336 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13339 \begin_layout Standard
13340 You can set the parameters in the
13343 \begin_inset space ~
13351 \begin_layout Labeling
13352 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13357 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13362 Note that this printer name is for the program
13371 has to be configured for this printer name.
13372 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13373 \begin_inset space ~
13377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13379 reference "sub:Printer"
13388 The printer should understand PostScript.
13391 \begin_layout Labeling
13392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13397 The name of a file to print to.
13398 The output will be a PostScript file.
13399 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13403 \begin_layout Section
13404 A few Words about Typography
13405 \begin_inset Index idx
13408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13417 \begin_layout Subsection
13419 \begin_inset Index idx
13422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13431 \begin_layout Standard
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13444 character comes in four lengths: the
13456 , and the minus sign:
13457 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13463 \begin_layout Standard
13464 \begin_inset Tabular
13465 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13466 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13467 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13468 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13469 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13470 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13499 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13539 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13566 \begin_inset space ~
13569 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13576 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13603 \begin_inset space ~
13606 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13627 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13661 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13680 character multiple times in a row.
13681 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13682 the final output, but not in LyX.
13684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13714 \begin_layout Standard
13715 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13716 math mode and has a length of its own.
13717 Here are some examples of the
13718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13732 \begin_layout Enumerate
13733 line- and page-breaks
13734 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13744 \begin_layout Enumerate
13746 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13756 \begin_layout Enumerate
13757 Oh — there's a dash.
13758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13768 \begin_layout Enumerate
13769 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13773 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13783 \begin_layout Subsection
13785 \begin_inset Index idx
13788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13797 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13804 \begin_layout Standard
13805 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13806 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13811 \begin_inset Index idx
13814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13815 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13820 following the rules of the document language
13824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13825 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13833 \begin_inset space ~
13837 \begin_inset space ~
13844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13861 font and with unusual constructs, like
13862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13870 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13871 This is done with the menu
13873 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13874 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13876 \begin_inset space ~
13882 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13883 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13886 \begin_layout Standard
13887 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
13888 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13898 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13906 as a hyphenation possibility.
13907 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13908 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
13909 as described in section
13910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13913 Prevent Hyphenation
13914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13924 \begin_layout Subsection
13926 \begin_inset Index idx
13929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13939 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13942 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13949 \begin_layout Standard
13950 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13951 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13952 LaTeX then adds the
13953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13956 appropriate amount of space
13957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13961 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13963 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13966 \begin_layout Standard
13967 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13968 not work in all cases.
13970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13981 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13982 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13986 Here are some examples of
13990 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13993 \begin_layout Itemize
13998 \begin_layout Itemize
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14004 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14007 \begin_layout Itemize
14009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14013 this is too much space!
14016 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_layout Standard
14022 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14025 \begin_layout Standard
14026 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14029 \begin_layout Enumerate
14033 \begin_inset space ~
14038 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14039 \begin_inset space ~
14043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14045 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14050 \begin_inset Index idx
14053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14054 Spaces ! inter-word
14062 \begin_layout Enumerate
14066 \begin_inset space ~
14071 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14072 \begin_inset space ~
14076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14078 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14083 \begin_inset Index idx
14086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14095 \begin_layout Enumerate
14099 \begin_inset space ~
14103 \begin_inset space ~
14107 \begin_inset space ~
14114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14116 \begin_inset space ~
14121 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14122 This function is also bound to
14125 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14135 \begin_layout Itemize
14137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14141 \begin_inset space \space{}
14144 this is too much space!
14147 \begin_layout Itemize
14148 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14152 \begin_layout Standard
14153 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14154 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14155 will take care of this.
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14159 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14163 \begin_inset space ~
14168 feature described in section
14174 Additional Features
14179 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14181 \begin_inset Index idx
14184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14185 Typography ! Quotes
14191 \begin_inset Index idx
14194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14225 \begin_layout Standard
14226 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14227 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14228 and use a closing quote at the end.
14230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14238 The keyboard character,
14242 , generates this automatically.
14245 \begin_layout Standard
14246 You can change the behavior of the
14250 key using the submenu
14256 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14260 \begin_inset Index idx
14263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14264 Document ! Settings
14272 \begin_layout Standard
14273 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14278 There are six choices:
14281 \begin_layout Labeling
14282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14294 Use quotes like this
14295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14303 \begin_inset Quotes els
14307 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14313 \begin_layout Labeling
14314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14317 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14321 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14327 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14331 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14335 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14341 \begin_layout Labeling
14342 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14345 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14349 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14355 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14359 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14363 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14367 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14373 \begin_layout Labeling
14374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14377 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14387 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14391 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14395 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14399 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14405 \begin_layout Labeling
14406 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14409 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14413 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14419 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14423 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14427 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14431 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14437 \begin_layout Labeling
14438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14441 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14445 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14451 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14455 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14459 \begin_inset Quotes als
14463 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14470 These settings affect what character the
14477 \begin_layout Subsection
14479 \begin_inset Index idx
14482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14483 Typography ! Ligatures
14489 \begin_inset Index idx
14492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14523 name "sub:Ligatures"
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14531 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14532 print them as single characters.
14533 These groups are known as
14538 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14540 Here are the standard ligatures:
14543 \begin_layout Itemize
14547 \begin_layout Itemize
14551 \begin_layout Itemize
14555 \begin_layout Itemize
14559 \begin_layout Itemize
14563 \begin_layout Standard
14564 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14567 \begin_layout Standard
14568 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14569 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14577 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14593 To break a ligature, use
14595 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14596 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14598 \begin_inset space ~
14605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14633 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14641 \begin_layout Subsection
14643 \begin_inset Index idx
14646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14655 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14664 characters in different sizes and heights.
14665 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14666 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14686 \begin_inset Note Note
14689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14690 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14699 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14704 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14708 \begin_layout Description
14709 LyX The name of the game, write
14710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14731 \begin_layout Description
14732 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14754 \begin_layout Description
14755 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14777 \begin_layout Description
14778 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14800 \begin_layout Standard
14801 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14806 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14814 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14815 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14816 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14819 : The actual version is
14820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14827 , the previous one was
14828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14838 \begin_layout Standard
14839 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14844 \begin_inset space \space{}
14847 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14849 This will look in LyX like:
14850 \begin_inset Graphics
14851 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14857 \begin_inset Newline newline
14860 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14861 \begin_inset space ~
14865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14867 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14874 \begin_layout Subsection
14876 \begin_inset Index idx
14879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14889 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14890 space between two words.
14891 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14901 for units use the menu
14903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14904 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14906 \begin_inset space ~
14914 arg "space-insert thin"
14920 \begin_layout Standard
14921 Here's an example to show the differences:
14924 \begin_layout Standard
14925 \begin_inset Tabular
14926 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14927 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14928 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14929 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14936 \begin_inset space ~
14940 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14952 space between number and unit
14959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14964 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14968 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14980 half space between number and unit
14993 \begin_layout Subsection
14995 \begin_inset Index idx
14998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15010 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15011 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15012 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15013 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15014 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15015 These bits of text became known as
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15028 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15029 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15030 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15031 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15032 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15033 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15037 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15038 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15039 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15040 \begin_inset space ~
15044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15046 key "latexcompanion"
15051 \begin_inset space ~
15055 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15061 ] may have more information.
15062 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15065 \begin_layout Chapter
15066 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15069 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15077 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15082 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15085 \begin_layout Section
15087 \begin_inset Index idx
15090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15106 \begin_layout Standard
15107 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15110 \begin_layout Description
15112 \begin_inset space ~
15115 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15116 \begin_inset Newline newline
15120 \begin_inset Note Note
15123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15124 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15132 \begin_layout Description
15133 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15134 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15136 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15137 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15138 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15141 \begin_inset Newline newline
15145 \begin_inset Note Comment
15148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15149 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15157 \begin_layout Description
15159 \begin_inset space ~
15162 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15163 \begin_inset Newline newline
15167 \begin_inset Newline newline
15171 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15180 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15181 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15182 How this can be done is explained in the
15191 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15197 \begin_inset Newline newline
15201 \begin_inset Newline newline
15204 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15205 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15208 \begin_layout Standard
15209 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15210 \begin_inset Graphics
15211 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15213 scaleBeforeRotation
15219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15223 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15226 \begin_layout Section
15228 \begin_inset Index idx
15231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15240 name "sec:Footnotes"
15247 \begin_layout Standard
15248 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15251 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15254 or the toolbar button
15255 \begin_inset Graphics
15256 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15269 \begin_inset Graphics
15270 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15279 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15308 label, the box will
15312 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15313 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15326 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15342 \begin_layout Standard
15343 Here's an example footnote:
15351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15352 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15360 \begin_layout Standard
15361 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15362 position where the footnote box is placed.
15363 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15364 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15365 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15366 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15367 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15372 ey are described in the
15379 \begin_layout Section
15381 \begin_inset Index idx
15384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15393 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15401 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15402 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15406 \begin_inset space ~
15411 or the toolbar button
15412 \begin_inset Graphics
15413 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15440 appearing within your text.
15441 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15450 \begin_layout Standard
15451 At the side is an example marginal note.
15455 \begin_inset Marginal
15458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15459 This is a marginal note.
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15468 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15469 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15470 pages, right on odd pages.
15473 \begin_layout Section
15474 Graphics and Images
15475 \begin_inset Index idx
15478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15485 \begin_inset Index idx
15488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15497 name "sec:Graphics"
15504 \begin_layout Standard
15505 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15506 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15507 \begin_inset Graphics
15508 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15518 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15527 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15528 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15530 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15531 \begin_inset space ~
15535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15537 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15549 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15550 of the image in the output.
15551 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15555 \begin_inset space ~
15559 \begin_inset space ~
15568 \begin_inset space ~
15572 \begin_inset space ~
15576 \begin_inset space ~
15581 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15582 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15590 \begin_layout Standard
15593 LaTeX and LyX options
15595 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15596 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15600 \begin_inset space ~
15605 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15606 with the image size is printed.
15610 \begin_inset space ~
15614 \begin_inset space ~
15618 \begin_inset space ~
15623 is explained in the
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15635 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15636 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15638 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15644 \begin_inset Graphics
15645 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15647 rotateOrigin center
15654 \begin_layout Standard
15655 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15656 the image into a float, see section
15657 \begin_inset space ~
15661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15663 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15670 \begin_layout Subsection
15672 \begin_inset Index idx
15675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15684 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15692 You can insert images in any known file format.
15693 But as we explained in section
15694 \begin_inset space ~
15698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15700 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15704 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15705 LyX uses therefore the program
15709 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15710 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15711 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15712 \begin_inset space ~
15716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15718 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15726 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15729 \begin_layout Description
15731 \begin_inset space ~
15734 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15735 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15736 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15740 Graphics Interchange Format
15741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15744 (GIF, file extension
15745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15757 \begin_inset Index idx
15760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15792 Portable Network Graphics
15793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15796 (PNG, file extension
15797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15809 \begin_inset Index idx
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15844 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15848 (JPG, file extension
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15873 \begin_inset Index idx
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Description
15909 \begin_inset space ~
15912 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15914 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15915 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15916 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15917 \begin_inset Newline newline
15920 Scalable image formats can be
15921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15924 Scalable Vector Graphics
15925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15928 (SVG, file extension
15929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15941 \begin_inset Index idx
15944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15976 Encapsulated PostScript
15977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15980 (EPS, file extension
15981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15993 \begin_inset Index idx
15996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16028 Portable Document Format
16029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16032 (PDF, file extension
16033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16045 \begin_inset Index idx
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16056 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16057 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16071 \begin_layout Standard
16072 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16076 \begin_layout Subsection
16077 Grouping of Image Settings
16078 \begin_inset Index idx
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16082 Images ! Settings grouping
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16091 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16093 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16094 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16096 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16097 need to manually change each of them.
16101 \begin_layout Standard
16102 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16105 \begin_inset space ~
16110 field in the Graphics dialog.
16111 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16112 by checking the name of the desired group.
16115 \begin_layout Section
16117 \begin_inset Index idx
16120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16136 \begin_layout Standard
16137 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16138 \begin_inset Graphics
16139 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16150 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16151 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16152 from the rest of the table.
16153 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16154 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16156 Here's an example table:
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16161 \begin_inset Tabular
16162 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16163 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 \begin_layout Subsection
16371 \begin_layout Standard
16372 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16373 brings up the table dialog.
16374 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16375 where the cursor is placed currently.
16376 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16377 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16378 done on all of your selection.
16381 \begin_layout Standard
16382 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16385 \begin_inset space ~
16390 helps you in setting table properties.
16391 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16394 \begin_layout Standard
16398 \begin_inset space ~
16403 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16404 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16405 current cell respectively.
16406 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16408 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16409 of text, see section
16410 \begin_inset space ~
16414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16416 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16423 \begin_layout Standard
16424 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16425 using the check box
16434 This will merge the cells to
16438 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16439 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16440 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16441 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16442 in the last row without the upper border:
16445 \begin_layout Standard
16447 \begin_inset Tabular
16448 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16449 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16451 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16464 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16549 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16585 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16586 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16587 explained in the tables section of the
16590 \begin_inset space ~
16596 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16600 degrees counterclockwise.
16601 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16604 \begin_layout Standard
16605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16613 Most DVI-viewers are
16617 able to display rotations.
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16630 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16635 adds lines for all cell borders.
16638 \begin_layout Subsection
16640 \begin_inset Index idx
16643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 Tables ! Longtables
16650 \begin_inset Index idx
16653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16663 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16666 \begin_inset space ~
16670 \begin_inset space ~
16679 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16680 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16683 \begin_layout Description
16688 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16689 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16690 except for the first page, if
16693 \begin_inset space ~
16701 \begin_layout Description
16705 \begin_inset space ~
16710 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16711 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16714 \begin_layout Description
16719 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16720 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16721 except for the last page, if
16724 \begin_inset space ~
16732 \begin_layout Description
16736 \begin_inset space ~
16741 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16742 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16745 \begin_layout Description
16746 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
16747 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16753 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16756 \begin_inset space ~
16764 \begin_layout Standard
16765 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16766 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16767 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16768 The others will then be defined as
16773 In this context, first means first in this order:
16776 \begin_inset space ~
16788 \begin_inset space ~
16794 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16797 \begin_layout Standard
16799 \begin_inset Tabular
16800 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16801 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16802 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16803 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16804 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16805 <row endfirsthead="true">
16806 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16817 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16826 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16836 <row endfirsthead="true">
16837 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16848 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16857 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <row endhead="true">
16870 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16890 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <row endhead="true">
16901 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16912 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <row endfoot="true">
16934 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <row endlastfoot="true">
18916 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 \begin_layout Subsection
18955 \begin_inset Index idx
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18967 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18974 \begin_layout Standard
18975 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18976 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18977 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18978 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18982 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18983 for the cell's paragraph.
18986 \begin_layout Standard
18987 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18988 for the column in the table dialog.
18989 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18990 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18994 \begin_layout Standard
18996 \begin_inset Tabular
18997 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18998 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19000 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19090 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 This is longer now.
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19203 This is longer now.
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 \begin_layout Standard
19235 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19236 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19241 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19242 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19248 Selection with the mouse or with
19252 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19253 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19254 the selection from outside the table.
19257 \begin_layout Section
19259 \begin_inset Index idx
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19278 \begin_layout Standard
19279 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19280 have a fixed location.
19282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19289 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19297 \begin_inset space ~
19302 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19303 too many notes on the page.
19306 \begin_layout Standard
19307 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19308 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19309 and pages without text.
19310 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19311 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19312 Floats are therefore numbered.
19313 Referencing is described in section
19314 \begin_inset space ~
19318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19320 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19327 \begin_layout Standard
19328 To insert a float, use the menu
19330 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19334 A box with a caption that has e.
19335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19339 \begin_inset space \space{}
19343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19347 \begin_inset space ~
19351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19354 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19355 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19357 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19358 \begin_inset Index idx
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19368 paragraph within the float.
19369 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19370 by left-clicking on the box label.
19371 A closed float box looks like this:
19372 \begin_inset Graphics
19373 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19378 – a gray button with a red label.
19381 \begin_layout Standard
19382 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19383 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19386 \begin_layout Subsection
19390 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19392 \begin_inset Index idx
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19396 Floats ! Figure floats
19402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19404 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19411 \begin_layout Standard
19414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19415 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19418 inserts a float with the label
19419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19425 \begin_inset space ~
19431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19435 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19436 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19437 This is what we did for Figure
19438 \begin_inset space ~
19442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19444 reference "cap:Platypus"
19449 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19450 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19451 This was done in Figure
19452 \begin_inset space ~
19456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19458 reference "cap:Escher"
19465 \begin_layout Standard
19466 \begin_inset Float figure
19471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 \begin_inset Graphics
19474 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19476 rotateOrigin center
19483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 \begin_inset Caption
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19489 name "cap:Platypus"
19493 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19506 \begin_layout Standard
19507 \begin_inset Float figure
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset Caption
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Graphics
19534 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19536 rotateOrigin center
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19549 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19551 As described in section
19552 \begin_inset space ~
19556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19558 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19562 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19567 and refer to it using the menu
19569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19573 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19582 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
19584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19595 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19596 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19597 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19598 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19600 \begin_inset space ~
19604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19606 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19610 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19611 You can also set the images one below the other.
19613 \begin_inset space ~
19617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19619 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19626 reference "fig:Platypus"
19630 are the subfigures.
19633 \begin_layout Standard
19634 \begin_inset Float figure
19639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19644 \begin_inset Float figure
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 \begin_inset Caption
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19655 name "fig:Undefinable"
19667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 \begin_inset Graphics
19669 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19680 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19684 \begin_inset Float figure
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 \begin_inset Caption
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19695 name "fig:Platypus"
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 \begin_inset Graphics
19709 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19728 \begin_inset Caption
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19733 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19737 Two distorted images.
19750 \begin_layout Standard
19751 Note that the caption is added to the
19754 \begin_inset space ~
19758 \begin_inset space ~
19763 as described in section
19764 \begin_inset space ~
19768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19770 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19779 \begin_inset Index idx
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 Floats ! Table floats
19791 \begin_layout Standard
19792 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19795 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19799 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19802 \begin_inset space ~
19806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19808 reference "cap:Table-float"
19812 is an example of a table float.
19815 \begin_layout Standard
19816 \begin_inset Float table
19821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 \begin_inset Caption
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19827 name "cap:Table-float"
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 \begin_inset Tabular
19842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19843 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19994 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19997 \end{array}\right]$
20005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20018 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20041 \begin_inset Index idx
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20045 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20053 \begin_layout Standard
20054 This float type is inserted with the menu
20056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20057 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20061 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20062 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20066 , described in section
20067 \begin_inset space ~
20071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20073 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20080 \begin_layout Standard
20081 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20095 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20103 floatname{algorithm}{your
20104 \begin_inset space ~
20110 \begin_layout Standard
20111 to the document preamble (menu
20113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20120 \begin_inset space ~
20126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20140 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20142 \begin_inset Index idx
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20154 \begin_layout Standard
20155 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 \begin_inset Graphics
20164 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20166 rotateOrigin center
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 \begin_inset Caption
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20179 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20183 This is a wrapped figure.
20184 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20197 This float type is used if you want to
20198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20205 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20207 It can be inserted using the menu
20209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20210 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20212 \begin_inset space ~
20217 if the LaTeX-package
20222 \begin_inset Index idx
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20239 \begin_inset space ~
20249 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20252 \begin_inset space ~
20256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20258 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20262 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 Available units are explained in Appendix
20272 \begin_inset space ~
20276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20278 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20287 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20291 \begin_layout Standard
20292 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20305 \begin_inset space \space{}
20308 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20309 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20318 \begin_layout Itemize
20319 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20320 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20321 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20322 page breaks will appear.
20325 \begin_layout Itemize
20326 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20327 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20330 \begin_layout Itemize
20331 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20332 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20335 \begin_layout Itemize
20336 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20339 \begin_layout Subsection
20341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20343 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20348 \begin_inset Index idx
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 \begin_layout Standard
20361 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20362 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20366 \begin_inset space ~
20374 \begin_layout Standard
20375 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20376 have a multicolumn document).
20377 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20380 \begin_inset space ~
20386 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20387 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20394 \begin_layout Standard
20395 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20396 format is also the same: Table
20397 \begin_inset space ~
20401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20403 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20407 is an example of a rotated table float.
20410 \begin_layout Standard
20411 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20427 \begin_layout Standard
20428 \begin_inset Float table
20433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 \begin_inset Caption
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20439 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 \begin_inset Tabular
20454 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20455 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20458 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20520 \begin_layout Subsection
20522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20524 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20529 \begin_inset Index idx
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20541 \begin_layout Standard
20542 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20543 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20544 \begin_inset Newline newline
20550 \begin_inset space ~
20555 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20556 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20557 \begin_inset Newline newline
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20568 is used to rotate floats, see section
20569 \begin_inset space ~
20573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20575 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20583 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20584 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20599 \begin_layout Description
20601 \begin_inset space ~
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20608 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20611 \begin_layout Description
20613 \begin_inset space ~
20617 \begin_inset space ~
20620 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20623 \begin_layout Description
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20632 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20635 \begin_layout Description
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20641 \begin_inset space ~
20644 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20648 The order of the above option is
20653 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20657 \begin_inset space ~
20661 \begin_inset space ~
20669 \begin_inset space ~
20673 \begin_inset space ~
20678 , and then the others.
20679 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20681 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20682 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20685 \begin_layout Standard
20686 By default, each option has its own rules:
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20693 \begin_inset space ~
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20702 only floats occupying less than 70
20703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20706 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20709 \begin_layout Standard
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20717 \begin_inset space ~
20722 : only floats occupying less than 30
20723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20726 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20737 \begin_inset space ~
20742 : only if more than 50
20743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20746 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20751 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20769 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20770 For this case you can use the option
20773 \begin_inset space ~
20779 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20781 Because the float is then no longer able to
20782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20789 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20792 \begin_layout Standard
20793 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20794 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20797 \begin_layout Standard
20798 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20800 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20802 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20809 \begin_layout Section
20811 \begin_inset Index idx
20814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20823 name "sec:Minipages"
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20833 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20834 \begin_inset space ~
20841 \begin_layout Standard
20842 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20848 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20849 and its alignment within the page.
20852 \begin_layout Standard
20854 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20864 height_special "totalheight"
20867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 This is a minipage.
20871 The text is set in an italic style.
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20877 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20878 another formatting.
20886 \begin_layout Standard
20887 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20890 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20894 as described in section
20895 \begin_inset space ~
20899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20901 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20906 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20913 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20923 height_special "totalheight"
20926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20927 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20928 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20934 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20938 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20948 height_special "totalheight"
20951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20953 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20970 to other box types.
20971 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20982 \begin_layout Chapter
20983 Mathematical Formulas
20984 \begin_inset Index idx
20987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 \begin_inset Index idx
20997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21028 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21035 \begin_layout Standard
21036 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21041 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21044 \begin_layout Section
21046 \begin_inset Index idx
21049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21058 \begin_layout Standard
21059 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21060 \begin_inset Graphics
21061 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21066 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21068 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21069 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21070 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21079 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21083 \begin_inset space ~
21088 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21091 \begin_layout Standard
21092 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21093 line, like this one:
21096 \begin_layout Standard
21097 This is a line with an inline formula
21098 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21107 \begin_inset Formula \[
21112 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21116 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21122 \begin_inset space \space{}
21126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21139 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21140 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21144 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21147 \begin_inset space ~
21155 \begin_layout Subsection
21156 Navigating in Formulas
21157 \begin_inset Index idx
21160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21169 \begin_layout Standard
21170 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21171 achieved with the arrow keys.
21172 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21173 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21178 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21179 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21183 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21187 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21190 \end{array}\right]$
21198 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21203 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21204 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21212 , printed in this document as
21213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21234 \begin_inset Note Note
21237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21239 space character (visible space).
21244 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21245 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21246 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21251 For example, if you want
21252 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21306 , since in the latter case only the
21309 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21314 will be under the square root sign:
21315 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21324 \begin_inset Formula \[
21325 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21329 \end{array}\right)\]
21333 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21334 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21337 \begin_layout Subsection
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21342 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21343 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21347 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21348 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21349 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21350 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21351 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21354 \begin_layout Subsection
21355 Exponents and Subscripts
21356 \begin_inset Index idx
21359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21366 \begin_inset Index idx
21369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21379 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21380 way is to use a command.
21382 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21385 , type in a formula
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21407 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21413 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21417 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21447 , you have to use an extra
21451 to separate the hat and the character.
21453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21457 \begin_inset space \space{}
21461 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21482 Subscripts are similar: To get
21483 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 \begin_layout Subsection
21508 \begin_inset Index idx
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21520 \begin_layout Standard
21521 Create a fraction with either the command
21528 \begin_inset Graphics
21529 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21537 \begin_inset space ~
21543 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21544 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21545 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21550 To move back up, press
21555 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21556 \begin_inset Formula \[
21557 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21560 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21567 \begin_layout Subsection
21569 \begin_inset Index idx
21572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21581 \begin_layout Standard
21582 Roots can be created using the
21585 \begin_inset space ~
21591 \begin_inset Graphics
21592 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21615 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21621 produces always a square root.
21624 \begin_layout Subsection
21625 Operators with Limits
21626 \begin_inset Index idx
21629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21636 \begin_inset Index idx
21639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21648 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21655 \begin_layout Standard
21657 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21661 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21664 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21665 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21666 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21667 The sum operator will automatically place its
21668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21675 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21678 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21682 \begin_inset Formula \[
21683 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21687 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21691 \begin_layout Standard
21692 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21694 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21695 behind the operator and hitting
21703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21704 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21706 \begin_inset space ~
21710 \begin_inset space ~
21718 \begin_layout Standard
21719 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21727 feature as addition, such as
21728 \begin_inset Index idx
21731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21738 \begin_inset Formula \[
21739 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21743 which will place the
21744 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21756 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21757 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21764 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21771 Have a look at section
21772 \begin_inset space ~
21776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21778 reference "sub:Functions"
21782 for an explanation of function macros.
21785 \begin_layout Subsection
21787 \begin_inset Index idx
21790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 Most math symbols can be found in the
21803 \begin_inset space ~
21808 under one of several categories; including
21825 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21830 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21831 you don't have to use the
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21839 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21840 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21843 \begin_layout Subsection
21845 \begin_inset Index idx
21848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21863 arg "space-insert protected"
21869 \begin_inset space ~
21875 \begin_inset Graphics
21876 filename ../images/math/space.png
21881 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21882 For example, the sequence
21887 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21891 \begin_inset Graphics
21892 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21897 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21898 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21899 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21900 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21902 Here are two examples:
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21915 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21921 \begin_layout Standard
21931 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21937 \begin_layout Subsection
21939 \begin_inset Index idx
21942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21951 name "sub:Functions"
21958 \begin_layout Standard
21962 \begin_inset space ~
21967 contains under the button
21968 \begin_inset Graphics
21969 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21973 a number of function macros, such as
21974 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21978 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21986 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21993 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
21994 avoid confusions, because
21995 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21999 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22005 \begin_layout Standard
22006 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22008 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22012 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22018 \begin_layout Standard
22019 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22020 s are placed, as described in section
22021 \begin_inset space ~
22025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22027 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22034 \begin_layout Subsection
22036 \begin_inset Index idx
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 \begin_layout Standard
22049 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22051 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22052 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22057 \begin_inset space \space{}
22061 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22064 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22065 Our example is entered by typing
22073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 \begin_inset space ~
22090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22092 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22096 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22099 \begin_layout Standard
22100 \begin_inset Float table
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 \begin_inset Caption
22108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22111 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22115 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22125 \begin_inset Tabular
22126 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22127 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22268 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22322 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22376 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22430 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22484 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22538 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22592 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22646 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22712 \begin_layout Standard
22713 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22716 \begin_inset space ~
22722 \begin_inset Graphics
22723 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22727 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22731 \begin_layout Section
22732 Brackets and Delimiters
22733 \begin_inset Index idx
22736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22743 \begin_inset Index idx
22746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22755 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22762 \begin_layout Standard
22763 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22764 For most purposes, using just the keys
22769 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22770 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22771 toolbar delimiter icon
22772 \begin_inset Graphics
22773 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22778 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22780 \begin_inset Formula \[
22781 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22784 \end{array}\right]\]
22788 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22789 \begin_inset Formula \[
22790 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22799 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22804 left side and right side.
22805 If you use the option
22808 \begin_inset space ~
22813 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22814 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22815 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22816 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22819 \begin_layout Standard
22820 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22821 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22822 inside the brackets.
22823 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22828 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22831 \begin_layout Section
22832 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22833 \begin_inset Index idx
22836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22843 \begin_inset Index idx
22846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22853 \begin_inset Index idx
22856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22857 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22865 \begin_layout Standard
22866 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22869 \begin_inset space ~
22875 \begin_inset Graphics
22876 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22881 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22882 Here is an example:
22883 \begin_inset Formula \[
22884 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22888 \end{array}\right)\]
22892 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22893 \begin_inset space ~
22897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22899 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22904 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22905 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22906 This alignment is set in the box
22911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22959 for every column as default.
22960 For example, the sequence
22961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22972 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22973 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22974 corresponds to the relevant column.
22975 The result will look like this:
22976 \begin_inset Formula \[
22978 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22979 column & has & has\, right\\
22980 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22988 \begin_layout Standard
22989 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22992 arg "newline-insert newline"
22995 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22996 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22998 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23001 or the math toolbar.
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23005 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23006 It can be created with the menu
23008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23009 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23011 \begin_inset space ~
23023 Here is an example:
23024 \begin_inset Formula \[
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23037 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23040 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23043 arg "newline-insert newline"
23047 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23052 arg "newline-insert newline"
23055 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23063 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23064 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23065 A new row is created by every further hit of
23068 arg "newline-insert newline"
23072 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23073 Here is an example:
23074 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23075 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23076 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23081 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23082 where you want to start the shift and hit
23087 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23088 position to the next column.
23089 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23090 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23091 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23092 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23107 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23108 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23111 reference "eq:asquared"
23116 The other types are described in section
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23123 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23130 \begin_layout Section
23131 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23132 \begin_inset Index idx
23135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23136 Math ! Formula numbering
23142 \begin_inset Index idx
23145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23146 Math ! Referencing formulas
23152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23154 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23161 \begin_layout Standard
23162 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23165 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23167 \begin_inset space ~
23175 arg "math-number-toggle"
23179 The formula number appears in LyX as
23180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23187 within parentheses.
23189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23196 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23198 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23199 the document class.
23200 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23201 separated by a dot:
23202 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23203 1+1=2\end{equation}
23210 arg "math-number-toggle"
23213 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23214 You can only number displayed formulas.
23217 \begin_layout Standard
23218 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23220 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23221 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23223 \begin_inset space ~
23227 \begin_inset space ~
23231 \begin_inset space ~
23239 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23242 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23243 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23245 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23251 To number all lines use the shortcut
23254 arg "math-number-toggle"
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23261 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23264 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23265 A label is inserted with the menu
23267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23270 when the cursor is in the formula.
23271 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23272 It is recommended to use the proposed
23273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23284 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23285 type when you have many labels in your document.
23286 We inserted in the following example the label
23287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23294 in the second line:
23295 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23296 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23297 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23302 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23303 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23313 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23317 \begin_inset space ~
23323 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23324 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23325 as the formula number:
23328 \begin_layout Standard
23329 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23332 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23339 \begin_layout Standard
23340 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23341 \begin_inset space ~
23345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23347 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23352 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23358 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23371 \begin_layout Section
23372 User defined math macros
23373 \begin_inset Index idx
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23387 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23388 Math macros are explained in section
23391 \begin_inset space ~
23403 \begin_layout Section
23407 \begin_layout Subsection
23409 \begin_inset Index idx
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23422 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23423 To set a font in a formula, use the
23426 \begin_inset space ~
23432 \begin_inset Graphics
23433 filename ../images/math/font.png
23437 , or enter its command, listed in table
23438 \begin_inset space ~
23442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23444 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23451 \begin_layout Standard
23452 \begin_inset Float table
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23458 \begin_inset Caption
23460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23463 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23467 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 \begin_inset Tabular
23478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23479 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23481 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23567 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23600 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23627 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23654 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23688 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23749 \begin_layout Standard
23750 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23758 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23774 \begin_layout Standard
23775 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23776 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23781 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
23782 space when you need a space in the box.
23783 Here an example where
23784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23795 denotes the set of numbers:
23796 \begin_inset Formula \[
23797 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23804 \begin_layout Standard
23805 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23807 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23811 \begin_inset space \space{}
23823 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23827 \begin_inset Newline newline
23830 So it is better not to use this feature.
23833 \begin_layout Standard
23834 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23835 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23839 \begin_inset Newline newline
23842 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23848 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23849 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23855 \begin_layout Standard
23862 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23865 \begin_layout Standard
23866 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23868 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23869 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23871 \begin_inset space ~
23879 \begin_layout Subsection
23881 \begin_inset Index idx
23884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23893 \begin_layout Standard
23894 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23896 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23900 \begin_inset space ~
23904 \begin_inset space ~
23912 \begin_inset space ~
23918 \begin_inset Graphics
23919 filename ../images/math/font.png
23930 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23931 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23932 Here is an example:
23933 \begin_inset Formula \[
23935 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23936 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23944 \begin_layout Subsection
23946 \begin_inset Index idx
23949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23958 \begin_layout Standard
23959 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23960 automatically chosen in most situations.
23978 For most characters,
23986 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23987 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23992 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23993 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23995 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23996 \begin_inset Graphics
23997 filename ../images/math/style.png
24002 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24003 For example, you can set
24004 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24007 , which is normally in
24016 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24020 The four styles are used in the following example:
24023 \begin_layout Standard
24024 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24028 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24032 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24036 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24042 \begin_layout Standard
24043 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24044 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24046 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24048 \begin_inset space ~
24053 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24054 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24055 will be adjusted to correspond.
24056 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24067 \begin_layout Standard
24071 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24077 \begin_layout Section
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24083 the document classes and into layout modules.
24084 \begin_inset Index idx
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24093 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24094 other than the AMS classes.
24096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24098 reference "sub:Modules"
24102 for more on layout modules.
24105 \begin_layout Section
24107 \begin_inset Index idx
24110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24117 \begin_inset Index idx
24120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24129 \begin_layout Standard
24130 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24131 (AMS) that are in common use.
24134 \begin_layout Subsection
24135 Enabling AMS-Support
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24139 Selecting the checkbox
24142 \begin_inset space ~
24146 \begin_inset space ~
24150 \begin_inset space ~
24157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24161 \begin_inset Index idx
24164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24165 Document ! Settings
24173 \begin_inset space ~
24178 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24180 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24181 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24184 \begin_layout Subsection
24186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24188 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24193 \begin_inset Index idx
24196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24197 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24205 \begin_layout Standard
24206 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24207 LyX allows you to choose between
24228 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24231 \begin_layout Chapter
24235 \begin_layout Section
24237 \begin_inset Index idx
24240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24249 name "sec:Cross-References"
24256 \begin_layout Standard
24257 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24258 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24260 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24261 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24262 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24265 \begin_layout Enumerate
24269 \begin_layout Enumerate
24270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24272 name "enu:Second-item"
24279 \begin_layout Enumerate
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24284 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24289 or by pressing the toolbar button
24290 \begin_inset Graphics
24291 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24297 A grey label box like this:
24298 \begin_inset Graphics
24299 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24304 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24305 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24340 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24345 \begin_inset space \space{}
24348 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24363 \begin_layout Standard
24364 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24369 or the toolbar button
24370 \begin_inset Graphics
24371 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24377 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24378 \begin_inset Graphics
24379 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24384 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24386 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24399 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24409 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24414 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24415 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24417 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24424 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24425 \begin_inset space ~
24429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24431 reference "enu:Second-item"
24438 \begin_layout Standard
24439 It is recommended to use a protected space
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24444 described in section
24445 \begin_inset space ~
24449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24451 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24460 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24464 \begin_layout Standard
24465 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24468 \begin_layout Description
24469 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24472 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24479 \begin_layout Description
24480 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
24481 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
24483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24493 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24500 \begin_layout Description
24501 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24502 \begin_inset space ~
24506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24507 LatexCommand pageref
24508 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24515 \begin_layout Description
24517 \begin_inset space ~
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24524 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24526 LatexCommand vpageref
24527 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24534 \begin_layout Description
24536 \begin_inset space ~
24540 \begin_inset space ~
24544 \begin_inset space ~
24547 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24550 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24557 \begin_layout Description
24559 \begin_inset space ~
24562 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24563 \begin_inset Newline newline
24567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24575 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24584 \begin_inset Index idx
24587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24588 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24594 \begin_inset Index idx
24597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24598 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
24611 \begin_layout Description
24613 \begin_inset space ~
24616 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
24617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24618 LatexCommand nameref
24619 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24626 \begin_layout Standard
24631 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24638 \begin_inset space \space{}
24642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24656 <reference> on page <page>
24658 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
24663 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24664 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24668 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24672 \begin_layout Standard
24673 You can only use the style
24677 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24681 is always possible.
24684 \begin_layout Standard
24685 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24686 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24688 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24689 \begin_inset space ~
24693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24695 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24703 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24707 \begin_inset space ~
24711 \begin_inset space ~
24716 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24717 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24720 \begin_inset space ~
24725 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24726 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24727 \begin_inset Graphics
24728 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24729 rotateOrigin center
24736 \begin_layout Standard
24737 You can change labels at any time.
24738 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24739 do not need to take care about this.
24742 \begin_layout Standard
24743 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24744 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24747 \begin_layout Standard
24748 References are described in detail in sec.
24749 \begin_inset space ~
24753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24767 \begin_layout Section
24768 Table of Contents and other Listings
24769 \begin_inset Index idx
24772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24779 \begin_inset Index idx
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24798 \begin_layout Subsection
24800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24802 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24809 \begin_layout Standard
24810 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24813 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24815 \begin_inset space ~
24819 \begin_inset space ~
24825 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24826 If you click on it, the
24830 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24831 sections in your documents.
24832 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24834 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24837 that is described in sec.
24838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24844 reference "sec:Navigating"
24851 \begin_layout Standard
24852 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24853 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24855 \begin_inset space ~
24859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24861 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24865 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24873 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24877 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24879 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24882 \begin_layout Subsection
24883 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24886 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24893 \begin_layout Standard
24894 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24895 You can insert them via the
24897 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24899 \begin_inset space ~
24903 \begin_inset space ~
24909 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24912 \begin_layout Section
24913 URLs and Hyperlinks
24914 \begin_inset Index idx
24917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24924 \begin_inset Index idx
24927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24936 \begin_layout Subsection
24938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24948 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24957 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24958 \begin_inset Flex URL
24961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24972 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24978 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24983 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24991 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24999 \begin_layout Subsection
25001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25003 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25011 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25016 or with the toolbar button
25017 \begin_inset Graphics
25018 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25023 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25032 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25033 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25034 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25036 name "LyX's homepage"
25037 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25041 , an Email address like this:
25042 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25044 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25045 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25050 , or a link to a file.
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25067 to the link target.
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25071 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25072 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25073 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25074 the text style dialog.
25075 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25079 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25081 name "LyX's homepage"
25082 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25089 \begin_layout Standard
25090 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25094 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25096 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25097 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25101 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25103 \begin_inset Newline newline
25111 \begin_inset Newline newline
25118 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25121 \begin_layout Section
25123 \begin_inset Index idx
25126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25135 name "sec:Appendices"
25142 \begin_layout Standard
25143 Appendices are created with the menu
25145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25147 \begin_inset space ~
25151 \begin_inset space ~
25157 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25158 as the appendix region.
25159 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25162 \begin_layout Standard
25163 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25164 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25165 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25166 and the subsection number.
25167 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25171 \begin_layout Standard
25173 \begin_inset space ~
25177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25179 reference "cha:Credits"
25184 \begin_inset space ~
25188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25190 reference "sub:Export"
25197 \begin_layout Section
25199 \begin_inset Index idx
25202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25211 name "sec:Bibliography"
25218 \begin_layout Standard
25219 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25220 You can include a bibliography database,
25224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25225 Known under the name
25226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25238 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25239 manually, using the paragraph environment
25243 , which was described in section
25244 \begin_inset space ~
25248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25250 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25255 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25256 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25260 use a bibliography database.
25263 \begin_layout Subsection
25264 The Bibliography Environment
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25272 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25274 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25283 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25285 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25294 , a short form of its title, as key.
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25298 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25300 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25303 or the toolbar button
25304 \begin_inset Graphics
25305 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25310 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25311 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25312 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25313 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25317 \begin_layout Standard
25318 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25319 entry with surrounding brackets.
25324 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25325 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25340 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25343 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25345 key "latexcompanion"
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25353 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25354 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25363 \begin_layout Subsection
25364 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25365 \begin_inset Index idx
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25369 Bibliography ! Databases
25375 \begin_inset Index idx
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25387 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25401 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25403 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25404 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25409 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25411 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25412 your working field in a database.
25413 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25414 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25416 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25421 The database is a text file with the file extension
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25433 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25434 The format is explained in
25435 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25441 and in LaTeX books (
25442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25444 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25449 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25450 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25451 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25452 \begin_inset Flex URL
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25457 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25466 To use a database, use the menu
25468 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25473 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25486 \begin_inset space ~
25492 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25493 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25496 Add bibliography to TOC
25498 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25503 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
25504 in the document or just the cited references.
25507 \begin_layout Standard
25508 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25520 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25521 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25522 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25524 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25530 For information how this is done, have a look at
25531 \begin_inset Newline newline
25535 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25537 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25549 \begin_layout Standard
25550 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25553 \begin_layout Standard
25554 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25555 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25558 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25586 \begin_inset space ~
25592 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25598 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25608 When you select the option
25610 Sectioned bibliography
25614 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25617 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25618 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25620 Customizing Bibliographies
25628 Additional Features
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25634 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25635 the two methods of creating them.
25636 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25637 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25638 We used the style file
25642 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25645 \begin_layout Subsection
25646 Bibliography layout
25647 \begin_inset Index idx
25650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25651 Bibliography ! Layout
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25661 For this feature you need to enable the option
25667 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25671 \begin_inset Index idx
25674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25675 Document ! Settings
25685 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25686 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25687 in the previous section.
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25692 in the citation reference window.
25693 Here an example where we set the text
25694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25698 \begin_inset space ~
25702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25705 to appear after the reference:
25708 \begin_layout Standard
25710 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25713 key "latexcompanion"
25720 \begin_layout Section
25722 \begin_inset Index idx
25725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25741 \begin_layout Standard
25742 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25746 \begin_inset space ~
25751 or the toolbar button
25752 \begin_inset Graphics
25753 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25770 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25771 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25772 by LyX as the index entry.
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25777 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25781 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25788 \begin_layout Standard
25789 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25793 \begin_inset space ~
25797 \begin_inset space ~
25800 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25808 A light blue box labeled
25809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25820 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25821 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25824 \begin_layout Subsection
25825 Grouping Index Entries
25826 \begin_inset Index idx
25829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25838 \begin_layout Standard
25839 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25841 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25842 lists under the entry
25843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25851 First we create the entry
25852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25860 \begin_inset space ~
25864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25866 reference "sub:Lists"
25871 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25878 reference "sec:Itemize"
25882 , we insert the command
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25901 \begin_layout Standard
25902 for the enumerated list in section
25903 \begin_inset space ~
25907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25909 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 The exclamation mark
25918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25925 marks the grouping levels.
25926 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25927 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25928 If we don't have an index entry for
25929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25936 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25939 \begin_layout Subsection
25941 \begin_inset Index idx
25944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25945 Index ! Page ranges
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25954 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25956 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25957 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25959 \begin_inset space ~
25963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25965 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25972 \begin_layout Standard
25975 Paragraph environments|(
25978 \begin_layout Standard
25979 and another entry at the end of section
25980 \begin_inset space ~
25984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25986 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25996 Paragraph environments|)
25999 \begin_layout Standard
26001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26024 respectively start and end the index range.
26025 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26026 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26027 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26028 An example is the index entry
26029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26032 Document ! Settings
26033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26039 \begin_layout Subsection
26041 \begin_inset Index idx
26044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26045 Index ! Cross referencing
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26054 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26055 We referred for example in the index entry
26056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26070 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26074 ) to the index entry
26075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26082 in the same section using the entry
26085 \begin_layout Standard
26088 GIF|see{Image formats}
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26093 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26094 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26097 \begin_layout Subsection
26099 \begin_inset Index idx
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26103 Index ! Entry order
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26113 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26114 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26119 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26121 \begin_inset space ~
26125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26127 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26136 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26137 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26162 \begin_inset Index idx
26165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26166 Dummy entries ! maïs
26172 \begin_inset Index idx
26175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26176 Dummy entries ! maître
26182 \begin_inset Index idx
26185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26186 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26191 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26192 order maïs, maison, maître.
26193 To achieve this, we use the command
26196 \begin_layout Standard
26199 previous entry@current entry
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 In our case we want to have
26204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26219 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26228 \begin_layout Standard
26229 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26230 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26235 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26242 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26247 to generate the index (see sec.
26248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26254 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26263 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26271 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26275 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26276 index commands start with
26277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26289 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26294 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26321 \begin_layout Subsection
26323 \begin_inset Index idx
26326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26327 Index ! Entry layout
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26336 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26337 \begin_inset Index idx
26340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26343 This is an italic dummy entry
26348 You can also format the page number using the character
26349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26356 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26357 We can write for example
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26363 italic page number:|textit
26366 \begin_layout Standard
26367 to get the page number in italic.
26368 \begin_inset Index idx
26371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26372 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26377 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26395 \begin_inset space ~
26401 Have a look at section
26402 \begin_inset space ~
26406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26408 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26412 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26424 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26428 to generate the index, see sec.
26429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26435 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26444 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26445 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26446 they can be used, see
26447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26450 key "latexcompanion"
26462 \begin_layout Standard
26463 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26465 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26466 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26467 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26468 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26469 If so, put the following in the preamble
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26484 \begin_layout Standard
26488 \begin_layout Standard
26494 \begin_layout Standard
26495 in the index entry.
26496 \begin_inset Index idx
26499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26500 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26505 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26506 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26507 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26511 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26517 \begin_inset space \space{}
26520 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26521 for all index entries.
26522 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26534 documentation for details,
26535 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26537 key "makeindex,xindy"
26544 \begin_layout Subsection
26546 \begin_inset Index idx
26549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26558 name "sub:Index-Program"
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 If the index entry program
26570 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26574 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26583 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26584 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26585 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26586 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26587 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26597 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26598 dialog, see section
26599 \begin_inset space ~
26603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26605 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26610 The available options are listed and explained in
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26613 key "makeindex,xindy"
26618 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26622 \begin_layout Standard
26623 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26624 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26629 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26633 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26634 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26637 \begin_layout Subsection
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26642 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26643 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26651 next to the standard index.
26652 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26653 packages that add this feature.
26659 \begin_inset Index idx
26662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26663 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26668 package to generate multiple indexes.
26669 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26670 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26671 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26678 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26679 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26680 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26683 \begin_layout Standard
26684 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26687 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26688 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26695 Use multiple Indexes
26696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26700 Note that the list of
26701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26708 below already contains the standard index.
26709 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26710 also appear as a heading) to the
26711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26718 input field and press the
26719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26727 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26728 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26729 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26733 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26739 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26740 indexes in the LyX work area.
26743 \begin_layout Standard
26744 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26749 \begin_inset space ~
26753 \begin_inset space ~
26762 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26763 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26764 are some additional features:
26767 \begin_layout Itemize
26768 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26769 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26772 \begin_layout Itemize
26773 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26774 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26783 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26788 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26789 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26790 to the non-subindexes.
26793 \begin_layout Section
26794 Nomenclature / Glossary
26795 \begin_inset Index idx
26798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26805 \begin_inset Index idx
26808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26839 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26846 \begin_layout Standard
26847 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26848 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26853 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26858 \begin_inset Index idx
26861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26862 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26868 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26869 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26875 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26880 and then use the menu
26882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26888 \begin_inset space ~
26893 or the toolbar button
26894 \begin_inset Graphics
26895 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26912 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26916 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26917 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26918 The second is the description of the symbol.
26921 \begin_layout Standard
26922 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26930 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26938 \begin_layout Subsection
26939 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26940 \begin_inset Index idx
26943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26944 Nomenclature ! Layout
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26953 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26957 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26963 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26971 \begin_inset Newline newline
26979 \begin_inset Newline newline
26985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26992 character starts/ends the formula.
26993 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27005 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27016 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27017 \begin_inset space ~
27021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27023 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27034 \begin_inset space ~
27039 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27040 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27045 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27052 in this document is:
27053 \begin_inset Newline newline
27058 dummy entry for the character
27063 \begin_inset Newline newline
27075 \begin_inset space ~
27085 font use the command
27114 \begin_layout Subsection
27115 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27116 \begin_inset Index idx
27119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27120 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27128 \begin_layout Standard
27129 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27130 the symbol definition.
27131 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27132 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27135 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27136 LatexCommand nomenclature
27138 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27145 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27149 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27150 LatexCommand nomenclature
27153 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27158 They will be sorted by
27159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27185 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27188 will be sorted before the
27192 since the character
27193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27200 is considered in sorting.
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27207 \begin_inset space ~
27212 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27213 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27215 For the example given, you can insert
27219 in this field for the
27220 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27227 will be located before
27228 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27234 \begin_layout Standard
27235 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27240 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27249 \begin_layout Subsection
27250 Nomenclature Options
27251 \begin_inset Index idx
27254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27255 Nomenclature ! Options
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27268 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27269 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27272 \begin_layout Description
27273 refeq Appends the phrase
27274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27289 to every nomenclature entry, where
27295 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27298 \begin_layout Description
27299 refpage Appends the phrase
27300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27315 to every nomenclature entry, where
27321 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27324 \begin_layout Description
27325 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 There are furthermore the options
27373 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27378 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27379 class options list in the
27381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27385 In this document the option
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27393 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27399 \begin_layout Standard
27400 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27401 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27406 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27409 \begin_layout Description
27419 \begin_layout Description
27422 nomrefpage Like the
27429 \begin_layout Description
27432 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27441 \begin_layout Description
27445 \begin_inset space ~
27451 \begin_inset space ~
27456 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27459 \begin_layout Subsection
27460 Printing the Nomenclature
27461 \begin_inset Index idx
27464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27465 Nomenclature ! Printing
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27478 \begin_inset space ~
27482 \begin_inset space ~
27485 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27489 A light blue box labeled
27490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27501 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27502 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27506 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27515 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27523 For example, in order to change the name to
27527 , add the following line to the preamble:
27530 \begin_layout Standard
27538 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27541 \begin_layout Standard
27542 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27549 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27550 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27561 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27567 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27568 \begin_inset space ~
27572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27574 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27579 The default value is 1
27580 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27586 \begin_layout Subsection
27587 Nomenclature Program
27588 \begin_inset Index idx
27591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27592 Nomenclature ! Program
27598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27600 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27608 LyX uses the program
27612 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27613 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27618 by adding options, see section
27619 \begin_inset space ~
27623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27625 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27630 The available options are listed and explained in
27631 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27633 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27640 \begin_layout Section
27642 \begin_inset Index idx
27645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27652 \begin_inset Index idx
27655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27656 Document ! Branches
27662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27664 name "sec:Branches"
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27673 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27674 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27675 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27679 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27680 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27681 To create a branch, go in the
27683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27691 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27692 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27697 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27702 where you can choose a branch.
27703 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27707 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27708 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27711 \begin_layout Standard
27712 \begin_inset Branch Question
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27716 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27725 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27729 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27745 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27746 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27748 For example you can define for the question branch
27752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27753 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27754 \begin_inset space ~
27758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27760 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27793 and for the answer branch
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27816 \begin_layout Standard
27817 \begin_inset Branch Question
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27852 \begin_layout Standard
27853 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27889 Now it is possible to use the commands
27893 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27900 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27903 to obtain conditional output.
27904 Here is an example formula where only the
27911 \begin_inset Formula \[
27912 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27928 \begin_layout Section
27930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27932 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27937 \begin_inset Index idx
27940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27954 dialog allows you in the
27958 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27959 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27964 \begin_inset Index idx
27967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27968 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27981 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27982 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27983 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27985 You can specify in the dialog tab
27989 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27991 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27992 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27996 \begin_layout Standard
28001 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28002 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28003 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28005 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28006 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28008 \begin_inset space ~
28011 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28012 \begin_inset space ~
28015 1 will only display the sections.
28018 \begin_layout Standard
28019 The header information in the dialog tab
28023 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28024 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28029 \begin_inset space \space{}
28032 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28033 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28036 Automatic fill header
28038 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28039 title and author settings.
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28045 Load in fullscreen mode
28047 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28050 \begin_layout Standard
28051 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28052 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28058 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28059 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28068 \begin_layout Section
28069 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28072 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28079 \begin_layout Subsection
28081 \begin_inset Index idx
28084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28093 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28100 \begin_layout Standard
28101 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28102 constructs, but not all.
28103 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28104 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28105 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28106 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28107 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28114 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28116 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28118 \begin_inset space ~
28123 or by the toolbar button
28124 \begin_inset Graphics
28125 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28130 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28136 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28137 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28138 using the LaTeX-command
28144 , you can write the command part
28150 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28154 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28155 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28156 the following example:
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28160 \begin_inset Graphics
28161 filename clipart/ERT.png
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28174 This is a line with a
28178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28210 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28211 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28219 \begin_layout Subsection
28220 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28221 \begin_inset Argument
28224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28231 \begin_inset Index idx
28234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28243 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28252 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28253 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28262 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28263 any time if you know the right commands.
28265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28269 \begin_inset space \space{}
28272 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28274 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28275 all caption labels bold.
28276 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28278 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28284 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28285 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28287 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28297 As result you know that the package
28302 \begin_inset Index idx
28305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28306 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28312 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28314 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28320 \begin_layout Standard
28325 usepackage[options]{package name}
28328 \begin_layout Standard
28329 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28330 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28331 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28335 In your case the package name is
28340 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28345 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28346 So you add the command
28349 \begin_layout Standard
28354 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28358 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28363 For more commands provided by the
28367 package, have a look at its documentation,
28368 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28382 \begin_layout Standard
28383 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28385 For example if you use a
28389 class, you don't need the package
28393 , you can instead write
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28401 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28406 \begin_layout Standard
28407 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28408 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28409 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28416 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28420 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28421 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28423 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28424 the previous section.
28427 \begin_layout Standard
28428 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28432 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28440 \begin_layout Section
28441 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28444 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28449 \begin_inset Index idx
28452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28459 \begin_inset Index idx
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28471 \begin_layout Standard
28472 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28473 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28474 to break your train of thought with
28476 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28483 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28484 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28489 \begin_inset Index idx
28492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28493 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28498 as explained below, and turn on
28501 \begin_inset space ~
28508 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28519 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28524 \begin_inset space ~
28529 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28533 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28535 Previews of an already loaded document are
28539 generated just by selecting the
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28547 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28550 \begin_layout Standard
28551 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28552 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28555 \begin_inset space ~
28560 check box in the insert dialog.
28561 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28565 \begin_layout Standard
28566 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28570 (on some systems named simply
28575 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28577 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28583 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28584 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28592 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28596 \begin_layout Standard
28597 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28604 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28608 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28610 \begin_inset space ~
28615 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28616 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28618 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28619 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28620 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28621 the source view window.
28624 \begin_layout Section
28626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28628 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28633 \begin_inset Index idx
28636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28645 \begin_layout Standard
28646 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28647 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28664 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28670 can be seen as the successor to
28678 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28684 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28685 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28693 \begin_layout Standard
28694 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28695 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28705 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28708 or the toolbar button
28709 \begin_inset Graphics
28710 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28714 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28715 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28716 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28717 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28718 scrolled so that it is visible.
28723 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28725 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28729 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28730 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28733 \begin_layout Standard
28734 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28737 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28741 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28742 will bring an error message.
28743 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28744 specifying a different
28746 Alternative language
28748 in preferences dialog.
28751 \begin_layout Standard
28752 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28755 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28760 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28761 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28763 But you can use the
28766 \begin_inset space ~
28770 \begin_inset space ~
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28779 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28780 This does work with
28784 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28787 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28791 \begin_layout Standard
28796 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28799 \begin_layout Description
28801 \begin_inset space ~
28804 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28805 should consider, e.
28806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28810 \begin_inset space \space{}
28813 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28814 This should not normally be needed.
28817 \begin_layout Description
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28822 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28823 the spell checker's default choice
28826 \begin_layout Description
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28832 \begin_inset space ~
28835 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28847 \begin_layout Description
28849 \begin_inset space ~
28853 \begin_inset space ~
28856 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28865 also for the spellchecker.
28869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28870 The encodings are explained in section
28871 \begin_inset space ~
28875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28877 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28886 Only enable this if you use
28890 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28891 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28892 so this is disabled by default.
28895 \begin_layout Section
28897 \begin_inset Index idx
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28909 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28917 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28918 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28928 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28930 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28939 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28940 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28941 are available for many languages.
28944 \begin_layout Standard
28945 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28949 \begin_layout Subsection
28950 Setting up the thesaurus
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28958 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28963 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28968 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28974 en_EN for English).
28975 For instance, the English files are named:
28978 \begin_layout Itemize
28982 \begin_layout Itemize
28986 \begin_layout Standard
28987 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28988 already on your system.
28989 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28990 \begin_inset Flex URL
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28995 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29001 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29006 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29008 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29009 unpack a zip archive.
29012 \begin_layout Standard
29021 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29022 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29024 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29025 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29029 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29032 \begin_layout Subsection
29033 Using the thesaurus
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29037 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29039 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29042 or the toolbar button
29043 \begin_inset Graphics
29044 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29045 rotateOrigin center
29049 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29051 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29053 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29054 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29055 and hyponyms (such as
29063 ), compounds (such as
29067 ) and antonyms (such as
29075 ), which are marked as such.
29078 \begin_layout Standard
29079 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29080 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29085 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29086 the dictionary, such as the above
29090 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29095 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29096 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29097 For example looking up the word forms
29105 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29110 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29123 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29124 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29125 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29128 \begin_layout Subsection
29129 License of the Thesaurus library
29132 \begin_layout Standard
29137 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29142 as a standalone program.
29143 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29144 The library was released under the
29146 Berkeley Database License
29148 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29149 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29150 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29152 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29155 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29159 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29162 \begin_layout Section
29164 \begin_inset Index idx
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29174 \begin_inset Index idx
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 Document ! Change Tracking
29184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29186 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29195 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29196 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29197 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29201 \begin_inset space ~
29204 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29206 \begin_inset space ~
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29215 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29229 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29230 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29233 \begin_inset space ~
29237 \begin_inset space ~
29247 \begin_inset Index idx
29250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29251 Color ! Change tracking
29256 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29257 the cursor is in changed text.
29258 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29259 \begin_inset Graphics
29260 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29261 rotateOrigin center
29268 \begin_layout Standard
29269 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29270 \begin_inset Index idx
29273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29283 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29290 \begin_inset Graphics
29291 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29299 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29306 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29317 \begin_layout Standard
29318 \begin_inset Tabular
29319 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29320 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29322 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29328 \begin_inset Graphics
29329 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29330 rotateOrigin center
29339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29347 \begin_inset space ~
29350 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29352 \begin_inset space ~
29361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 \begin_inset Graphics
29367 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29368 rotateOrigin center
29377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29385 \begin_inset space ~
29388 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29390 \begin_inset space ~
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29398 \begin_inset space ~
29407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29412 \begin_inset Graphics
29413 filename ../images/change-next.png
29414 rotateOrigin center
29423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29427 Jumps to the next change
29433 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 \begin_inset Graphics
29439 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29440 rotateOrigin center
29449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29455 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29457 \begin_inset space ~
29460 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29462 \begin_inset space ~
29471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 \begin_inset Graphics
29477 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29478 rotateOrigin center
29487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29493 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29495 \begin_inset space ~
29498 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29500 \begin_inset space ~
29509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 \begin_inset Graphics
29515 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29516 rotateOrigin center
29525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29533 \begin_inset space ~
29536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29538 \begin_inset space ~
29547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 \begin_inset Graphics
29553 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29554 rotateOrigin center
29563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29571 \begin_inset space ~
29574 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29576 \begin_inset space ~
29580 \begin_inset space ~
29589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29594 \begin_inset Graphics
29595 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29596 rotateOrigin center
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29613 \begin_inset space ~
29616 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29618 \begin_inset space ~
29622 \begin_inset space ~
29631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29636 \begin_inset Graphics
29637 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29638 rotateOrigin center
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29654 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29656 \begin_inset space ~
29665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 \begin_inset Graphics
29671 filename ../images/note-next.png
29672 rotateOrigin center
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29689 \begin_inset space ~
29705 \begin_layout Standard
29706 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29712 \begin_layout Standard
29713 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29714 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29715 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29716 the next change after the current cursor position.
29717 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29718 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29719 step to the next change.
29720 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29723 \begin_layout Standard
29724 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29725 to describe a change.
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29729 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29734 \begin_inset Index idx
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29738 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29744 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29751 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29754 \begin_layout Section
29755 International Support
29756 \begin_inset Index idx
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 International support
29768 \begin_layout Standard
29769 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29770 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29771 how to set up LyX to use them:
29772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29774 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29781 \begin_layout Standard
29782 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29783 \begin_inset space ~
29787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29789 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29796 \begin_layout Subsection
29798 \begin_inset Index idx
29801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 \begin_inset Index idx
29811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29812 Document ! Settings
29818 \begin_inset Index idx
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 Document ! Language
29830 \begin_layout Standard
29833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29836 dialog lets you set
29838 the language and character encoding for your language.
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29843 Choose your language in the
29847 section of this dialog.
29855 \begin_layout Standard
29860 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29865 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29866 For details about the different encoding options see section
29867 \begin_inset space ~
29871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29873 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29880 \begin_layout Subsection
29881 Keyboard mapping configuration
29882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29884 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29891 \begin_layout Standard
29892 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29893 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29894 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29895 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29896 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29898 \begin_inset space ~
29902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29904 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29909 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29910 which one you want to use.
29913 \begin_layout Standard
29914 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29915 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29916 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29917 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29918 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29919 one to support the characters you want.
29920 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29927 \begin_layout Subsection
29931 \begin_layout Standard
29933 \begin_inset space ~
29937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29939 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29948 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29952 \begin_layout Standard
29953 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29954 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29962 \begin_layout Itemize
29963 Even if you have selected
29969 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29972 dialog, users who have only the
29976 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29980 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29981 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29982 french quotes won't show up.
29985 \begin_layout Standard
29986 \begin_inset Float table
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 \begin_inset Caption
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29997 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 \begin_inset Tabular
30016 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30017 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 \begin_layout Standard
34448 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34450 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34451 also the characters from
34463 \begin_layout Itemize
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34473 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34474 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34480 \begin_layout Standard
34481 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34482 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34488 \begin_layout Standard
34489 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34490 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34497 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34498 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34506 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34512 \begin_layout Standard
34514 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34520 \begin_layout Standard
34522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34529 \begin_layout Itemize
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34544 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34550 \begin_layout Standard
34552 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34560 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34568 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34574 \begin_layout Standard
34576 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34582 \begin_layout Standard
34584 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34591 \begin_layout Standard
34592 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34593 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34594 Also make sure you're using the
34601 \begin_layout Chapter
34604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34606 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34613 \begin_layout Standard
34614 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34615 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34616 topic inside the user's guide.
34619 \begin_layout Section
34621 \begin_inset Index idx
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 \begin_layout Standard
34638 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34639 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34642 \begin_layout Subsection
34646 \begin_layout Standard
34647 Creates a new document.
34650 \begin_layout Subsection
34654 \begin_layout Standard
34655 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34656 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34657 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34660 \begin_layout Subsection
34664 \begin_layout Standard
34668 \begin_layout Subsection
34672 \begin_layout Standard
34673 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34674 Click there on a file to open it.
34677 \begin_layout Subsection
34681 \begin_layout Standard
34682 Closes the current document.
34685 \begin_layout Subsection
34689 \begin_layout Standard
34690 Closes all opened documents.
34693 \begin_layout Subsection
34697 \begin_layout Standard
34698 Saves the actual document.
34701 \begin_layout Subsection
34705 \begin_layout Standard
34706 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34709 \begin_layout Subsection
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34714 Saves all opened documents.
34717 \begin_layout Subsection
34721 \begin_layout Standard
34722 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34725 \begin_layout Subsection
34729 \begin_layout Standard
34730 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34731 It is described in the section
34733 Version Control in LyX
34737 Additional Features
34742 \begin_layout Subsection
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34747 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34748 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34749 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34750 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34753 \begin_layout Standard
34754 When using the menu entry
34757 \begin_inset space ~
34762 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34766 \begin_inset space ~
34770 \begin_inset space ~
34775 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34776 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34779 \begin_layout Subsection
34781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34790 \begin_layout Standard
34791 You can export your document to various file formats.
34792 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34793 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34794 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34798 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34800 \begin_inset space ~
34804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34806 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34813 \begin_layout Description
34817 \begin_inset space ~
34822 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34824 \begin_inset Newline newline
34827 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34830 \begin_layout Description
34838 \begin_layout Description
34839 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34843 \begin_layout Description
34845 \begin_inset space ~
34849 \begin_inset space ~
34852 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34856 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
34864 \begin_layout Description
34871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34879 \begin_inset space ~
34884 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34885 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34889 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34892 \begin_layout Description
34899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 \begin_inset space ~
34912 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34913 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34921 \begin_layout Description
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34926 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34934 is replaced by the version number)
34937 \begin_layout Description
34938 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34941 \begin_layout Description
34942 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34955 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34959 \begin_layout Description
34963 \begin_inset space ~
34968 PDF-format using the program
34973 \begin_layout Description
34977 \begin_inset space ~
34982 PDF-format using the program
34987 \begin_layout Description
34991 \begin_inset space ~
34996 PDF-format using the program
35001 \begin_layout Description
35005 \begin_inset space ~
35013 \begin_layout Description
35017 \begin_inset space ~
35021 \begin_inset space ~
35026 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35027 and then exported as text using the program
35032 \begin_layout Description
35037 PostScript format using the program
35042 \begin_layout Description
35050 \begin_layout Standard
35055 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35056 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35062 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35065 \begin_layout Standard
35066 If one of the menu entries
35073 \begin_inset space ~
35082 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35083 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35084 \begin_inset space ~
35088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35090 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35095 \begin_inset Index idx
35098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35099 Reconfiguration of LyX
35107 \begin_layout Standard
35112 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35113 the export program.
35116 \begin_layout Subsection
35120 \begin_layout Standard
35121 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35122 format or send it to a printer.
35123 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35124 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35130 For more information have a look at section
35131 \begin_inset space ~
35135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35137 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35144 \begin_layout Subsection
35148 \begin_layout Standard
35149 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35150 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35151 prefix, see section
35152 \begin_inset space ~
35156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35158 reference "sec:Paths"
35163 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35172 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35173 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35174 \begin_inset space ~
35178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35180 reference "sub:Converters"
35187 \begin_layout Subsection
35188 New and Close Window
35191 \begin_layout Standard
35192 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35195 \begin_layout Subsection
35199 \begin_layout Standard
35200 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35203 \begin_layout Section
35205 \begin_inset Index idx
35208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35217 \begin_layout Subsection
35221 \begin_layout Standard
35222 Described in section
35223 \begin_inset space ~
35227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35229 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35236 \begin_layout Subsection
35237 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35240 \begin_layout Standard
35241 Described in section
35242 \begin_inset space ~
35246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35248 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35255 \begin_layout Subsection
35259 \begin_layout Standard
35260 Selects the whole document.
35263 \begin_layout Subsection
35267 \begin_layout Standard
35268 Described in section
35269 \begin_inset space ~
35273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35275 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35282 \begin_layout Subsection
35283 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35286 \begin_layout Standard
35287 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35291 \begin_layout Subsection
35295 \begin_layout Standard
35296 Described in section
35297 \begin_inset space ~
35301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35303 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35310 \begin_layout Subsection
35312 \begin_inset Index idx
35315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35316 Paragraph ! Settings
35324 \begin_layout Standard
35325 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35326 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35330 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35331 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35333 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35347 \begin_layout Subsection
35348 Table Settings and Math
35351 \begin_layout Standard
35352 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35354 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35355 The properties of tables are described in section
35356 \begin_inset space ~
35360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35362 reference "sec:Tables"
35366 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35367 \begin_inset space ~
35371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35373 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35380 \begin_layout Subsection
35381 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35384 \begin_layout Standard
35385 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35386 that can be nested.
35387 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35394 reference "sec:Nesting"
35399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35401 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35408 \begin_layout Section
35410 \begin_inset Index idx
35413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35422 \begin_layout Standard
35427 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35428 document with an external program.
35429 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35430 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35431 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35432 \begin_inset space ~
35436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35438 reference "sub:Export"
35443 You should at least see the menu entries
35450 \begin_inset space ~
35456 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35457 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35458 \begin_inset space ~
35462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35464 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35469 \begin_inset Index idx
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35473 Reconfiguration of LyX
35481 \begin_layout Standard
35482 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35483 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35484 \begin_inset space ~
35488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35490 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35495 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35499 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35502 At the bottom of the
35506 menu the opened documents are listed.
35509 \begin_layout Subsection
35510 Open/Close all Insets
35513 \begin_layout Standard
35514 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35517 \begin_layout Subsection
35518 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35521 \begin_layout Standard
35522 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35526 Math macros are described in the
35533 \begin_layout Subsection
35537 \begin_layout Standard
35538 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35546 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35553 \begin_layout Subsection
35557 \begin_layout Standard
35558 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35559 opening a new view window.
35562 \begin_layout Subsection
35566 \begin_layout Standard
35567 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35568 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35569 view the same document, but at different positions.
35570 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35571 or more documents at the same time.
35572 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35579 \begin_layout Subsection
35583 \begin_layout Standard
35584 Closes a split view.
35587 \begin_layout Subsection
35591 \begin_layout Standard
35592 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35593 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35594 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35595 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35596 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35599 \begin_layout Subsection
35601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35603 name "sub:Toolbars"
35608 \begin_inset Index idx
35611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35620 \begin_layout Standard
35621 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35622 All toolbars and the
35625 \begin_inset space ~
35630 can be turned on and off.
35635 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35647 \begin_inset space ~
35656 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35660 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35667 \begin_layout Standard
35672 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35676 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35677 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35678 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35679 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35680 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35683 \begin_layout Standard
35684 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35685 \begin_inset space ~
35689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35691 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35698 \begin_layout Section
35700 \begin_inset Index idx
35703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 \begin_layout Subsection
35716 \begin_layout Standard
35717 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35718 \begin_inset space ~
35722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35724 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35735 \begin_layout Subsection
35737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35739 name "sub:Special-Character"
35746 \begin_layout Standard
35747 Here you can insert the following characters:
35750 \begin_layout Description
35751 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35752 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35753 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35754 \begin_inset Newline newline
35758 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35766 Not all characters will be visible in the
35770 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35778 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35782 ) can display every character.
35790 \begin_layout Description
35791 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35795 \begin_layout Description
35797 \begin_inset space ~
35801 \begin_inset space ~
35804 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35805 \begin_inset space ~
35809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35811 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35818 \begin_layout Description
35820 \begin_inset space ~
35823 Quote Inserts this quote:
35824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35827 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35839 \begin_layout Description
35841 \begin_inset space ~
35844 Quote Inserts this quote:
35845 \begin_inset Quotes els
35851 \begin_layout Description
35853 \begin_inset space ~
35856 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35860 \begin_layout Description
35862 \begin_inset space ~
35865 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35869 \begin_layout Description
35871 \begin_inset space ~
35874 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35878 \begin_layout Description
35880 \begin_inset space ~
35884 \begin_inset Index idx
35887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35894 \begin_inset Index idx
35897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35903 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35904 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35905 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35910 \begin_inset Index idx
35913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35920 \begin_inset Newline newline
35923 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35935 and this Wiki-page:
35936 \begin_inset Newline newline
35940 \begin_inset Flex URL
35943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35945 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35953 \begin_layout Subsection
35957 \begin_layout Standard
35958 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35961 \begin_layout Description
35962 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35963 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35969 \begin_layout Description
35970 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35971 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35977 \begin_layout Description
35979 \begin_inset space ~
35982 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35989 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35996 \begin_layout Description
35998 \begin_inset space ~
36001 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36002 \begin_inset space ~
36006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36008 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36015 \begin_layout Description
36017 \begin_inset space ~
36020 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36021 \begin_inset space ~
36025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36027 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36034 \begin_layout Description
36036 \begin_inset space ~
36039 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36040 \begin_inset space ~
36044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36046 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36053 \begin_layout Description
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36058 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36059 \begin_inset space ~
36063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36065 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36072 \begin_layout Description
36074 \begin_inset space ~
36077 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36078 \begin_inset space ~
36082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36084 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36091 \begin_layout Description
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36096 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36097 \begin_inset space ~
36101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36103 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36110 \begin_layout Description
36112 \begin_inset space ~
36115 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36116 \begin_inset space ~
36120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36122 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36129 \begin_layout Description
36131 \begin_inset space ~
36135 \begin_inset space ~
36138 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36145 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36152 \begin_layout Description
36154 \begin_inset space ~
36157 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36158 text line to the page border, see section
36159 \begin_inset space ~
36163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36165 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36172 \begin_layout Description
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36177 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36178 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36184 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36191 \begin_layout Description
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36196 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36197 text page to the page border, described in section
36198 \begin_inset space ~
36202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36204 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36211 \begin_layout Description
36213 \begin_inset space ~
36216 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36217 \begin_inset space ~
36221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36223 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36230 \begin_layout Description
36232 \begin_inset space ~
36236 \begin_inset space ~
36239 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36240 \begin_inset space ~
36244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36246 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36253 \begin_layout Subsection
36257 \begin_layout Standard
36258 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36259 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36267 reference "sec:toc"
36272 The index list is described in section
36273 \begin_inset space ~
36277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36279 reference "sec:Index"
36283 , the nomenclature in section
36284 \begin_inset space ~
36288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36290 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36294 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36301 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36308 \begin_layout Subsection
36312 \begin_layout Standard
36313 To insert floats, described in section
36314 \begin_inset space ~
36318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36320 reference "sec:Floats"
36327 \begin_layout Subsection
36331 \begin_layout Standard
36332 To insert notes, described in section
36333 \begin_inset space ~
36337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36339 reference "sec:Notes"
36346 \begin_layout Subsection
36350 \begin_layout Standard
36351 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36352 \begin_inset space ~
36356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36358 reference "sec:Branches"
36365 \begin_layout Subsection
36369 \begin_layout Standard
36370 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36371 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36373 An example is the document class
36374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36381 with three custom insets.
36384 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36390 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36395 \begin_inset Index idx
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36407 \begin_layout Standard
36408 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36409 files in your document.
36410 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36423 \begin_inset Index idx
36426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36436 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36437 \begin_inset space ~
36441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36443 reference "sec:Minipages"
36448 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Inserts a citation as described in section
36465 \begin_inset space ~
36469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36471 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36478 \begin_layout Subsection
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36483 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36484 \begin_inset space ~
36488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36490 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36497 \begin_layout Subsection
36501 \begin_layout Standard
36502 Inserts a label as described in section
36503 \begin_inset space ~
36507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36509 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36516 \begin_layout Subsection
36518 \begin_inset Index idx
36521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36528 \begin_inset Index idx
36531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 Longtables ! Caption
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36541 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36542 Floats are described in section
36543 \begin_inset space ~
36547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36549 reference "sec:Floats"
36553 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36564 \begin_layout Subsection
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36569 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36570 \begin_inset space ~
36574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36576 reference "sec:Index"
36583 \begin_layout Subsection
36587 \begin_layout Standard
36588 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36589 \begin_inset space ~
36593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36595 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36602 \begin_layout Subsection
36606 \begin_layout Standard
36608 Tables are described in section
36609 \begin_inset space ~
36613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36615 reference "sec:Tables"
36622 \begin_layout Subsection
36626 \begin_layout Standard
36628 Graphics are described in section
36629 \begin_inset space ~
36633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36635 reference "sec:Graphics"
36642 \begin_layout Subsection
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36647 Inserts an URL as described in section
36648 \begin_inset space ~
36652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36654 reference "sub:URLs"
36661 \begin_layout Subsection
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36666 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36673 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36680 \begin_layout Subsection
36684 \begin_layout Standard
36685 Inserts a footnote, see section
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36692 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36699 \begin_layout Subsection
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36704 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36705 \begin_inset space ~
36709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36711 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36718 \begin_layout Subsection
36722 \begin_layout Standard
36723 Inserts a short title, see section
36724 \begin_inset space ~
36728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36730 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36737 \begin_layout Subsection
36741 \begin_layout Standard
36742 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36743 \begin_inset space ~
36747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36749 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36756 \begin_layout Subsection
36758 \begin_inset Index idx
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 \begin_layout Standard
36771 Inserts a program listings box.
36772 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36774 Program Code Listings
36783 \begin_layout Subsection
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36788 Inserts the actual date.
36789 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36791 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36803 \begin_layout Section
36805 \begin_inset Index idx
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36818 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36819 \begin_inset space ~
36822 of the current document.
36823 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36826 \begin_layout Subsection
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36831 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36832 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36838 \begin_inset space \space{}
36842 \begin_inset space ~
36846 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36847 \begin_inset space ~
36850 2.5 and use the menu
36853 \begin_inset space ~
36857 \begin_inset space ~
36864 \begin_inset space ~
36870 \begin_inset space ~
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36880 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36884 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36890 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36896 \begin_layout Standard
36897 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36898 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36901 \begin_layout Subsection
36902 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36905 \begin_layout Standard
36906 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36910 \begin_layout Subsection
36914 \begin_layout Standard
36915 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36916 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36917 on a cross-reference box.
36920 \begin_layout Section
36922 \begin_inset Index idx
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 \begin_layout Subsection
36938 \begin_layout Standard
36939 Change Tracking is described in section
36940 \begin_inset space ~
36944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36946 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36953 \begin_layout Subsection
36958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 \begin_layout Standard
36969 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36971 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36974 \begin_layout Standard
36975 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36980 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36983 \begin_layout Subsection
36987 \begin_layout Standard
36988 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36989 \begin_inset space ~
36993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36995 reference "sec:Navigating"
37000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37002 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37009 \begin_layout Subsection
37010 Start Appendix Here
37013 \begin_layout Standard
37014 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37015 position as described in section
37016 \begin_inset space ~
37020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37022 reference "sec:Appendices"
37029 \begin_layout Subsection
37033 \begin_layout Standard
37034 Un/compresses the current document.
37037 \begin_layout Subsection
37041 \begin_layout Standard
37042 The document settings are described in appendix
37043 \begin_inset space ~
37047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37049 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37056 \begin_layout Section
37058 \begin_inset Index idx
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37070 \begin_layout Subsection
37074 \begin_layout Standard
37075 Spell checking is explained in section
37076 \begin_inset space ~
37080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37082 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37089 \begin_layout Subsection
37093 \begin_layout Standard
37094 The thesaurus is described in section
37095 \begin_inset space ~
37099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37101 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37108 \begin_layout Subsection
37110 \begin_inset Index idx
37113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37120 \begin_inset Index idx
37123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37132 \begin_layout Standard
37133 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37134 highlighted document part.
37137 \begin_layout Subsection
37139 \begin_inset Index idx
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37151 \begin_layout Standard
37152 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37155 \begin_layout Subsection
37157 \begin_inset Index idx
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37161 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 Reconfiguration of LyX
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 \begin_inset Index idx
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 Reconfiguration of LyX
37201 \begin_layout Standard
37202 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37203 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37204 \begin_inset space ~
37208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37210 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37217 \begin_layout Subsection
37221 \begin_layout Standard
37222 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37229 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37236 \begin_layout Section
37238 \begin_inset Index idx
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37251 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37255 \begin_layout Standard
37259 \begin_inset space ~
37264 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37265 found by LyX (see also section
37266 \begin_inset space ~
37270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37272 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37279 \begin_layout Section
37281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37283 name "sec:Toolbars"
37290 \begin_layout Standard
37291 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37292 \begin_inset space ~
37296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37298 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37305 \begin_layout Standard
37306 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37307 This is described in the
37309 Additional Features
37314 \begin_layout Subsection
37316 \begin_inset Index idx
37319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 \begin_layout Standard
37329 \begin_inset Graphics
37330 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37338 \begin_layout Standard
37339 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37345 \begin_layout Standard
37346 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 \begin_inset Note Note
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37367 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37372 manual for more information.
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37381 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37387 \begin_layout Standard
37388 \begin_inset Tabular
37389 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37390 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37398 \begin_inset Graphics
37399 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37413 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37426 \begin_layout Standard
37427 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37433 \begin_layout Standard
37435 \begin_inset Tabular
37436 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37437 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37439 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37440 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37447 \begin_inset Graphics
37448 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37475 \begin_inset Graphics
37476 filename ../images/file-open.png
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37491 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 \begin_inset Graphics
37504 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 \begin_inset Graphics
37532 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37547 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37559 \begin_inset Graphics
37560 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 \begin_inset Graphics
37588 filename ../images/undo.png
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 \begin_inset Graphics
37616 filename ../images/redo.png
37625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37643 \begin_inset Graphics
37644 filename ../images/cut.png
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37671 \begin_inset Graphics
37672 filename ../images/copy.png
37681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37687 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37699 \begin_inset Graphics
37700 filename ../images/paste.png
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37727 \begin_inset Graphics
37728 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37729 rotateOrigin center
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37764 \begin_inset Graphics
37765 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37766 rotateOrigin center
37775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37781 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37808 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37810 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37812 \begin_inset space ~
37823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37828 \begin_inset Graphics
37829 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37842 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37844 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37846 \begin_inset space ~
37857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37862 \begin_inset Graphics
37863 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 Formats text using the current settings in the
37878 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37880 \begin_inset space ~
37891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37896 \begin_inset Graphics
37897 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37913 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37915 \begin_inset space ~
37924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37929 \begin_inset Graphics
37930 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37931 rotateOrigin center
37940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 \begin_inset Graphics
37959 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37960 rotateOrigin center
37969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 \begin_inset Graphics
37988 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37989 rotateOrigin center
37998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 Toggle outline window on/off,
38004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38016 \begin_inset Graphics
38017 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38018 rotateOrigin center
38027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38031 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38042 \begin_inset Graphics
38043 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38044 rotateOrigin center
38053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38070 \begin_layout Subsection
38072 \begin_inset Index idx
38075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 \begin_layout Standard
38085 \begin_inset Graphics
38086 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38094 \begin_layout Standard
38095 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38101 \begin_layout Standard
38102 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38113 \begin_layout Standard
38114 \begin_inset Tabular
38115 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38116 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38117 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38118 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 \begin_inset Graphics
38125 filename ../images/layout.png
38126 rotateOrigin center
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38150 \begin_inset Graphics
38151 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38152 rotateOrigin center
38161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38176 \begin_inset Graphics
38177 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38178 rotateOrigin center
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38202 \begin_inset Graphics
38203 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38204 rotateOrigin center
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 \begin_inset Graphics
38229 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38230 rotateOrigin center
38239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 \begin_inset Graphics
38255 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38256 rotateOrigin center
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38273 \begin_inset space ~
38277 \begin_inset space ~
38286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 \begin_inset Graphics
38292 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38293 rotateOrigin center
38302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38308 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38310 \begin_inset space ~
38314 \begin_inset space ~
38323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 \begin_inset Graphics
38329 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38345 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38352 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38357 \begin_inset Graphics
38358 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38374 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38386 \begin_inset Graphics
38387 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38402 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 \begin_inset Graphics
38415 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 \begin_inset Graphics
38443 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38470 \begin_inset Graphics
38471 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38488 \begin_inset space ~
38497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 \begin_inset Graphics
38503 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38520 \begin_inset space ~
38529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38534 \begin_inset Graphics
38535 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 \begin_inset Graphics
38563 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38564 rotateOrigin center
38573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38581 \begin_inset space ~
38590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38595 \begin_inset Graphics
38596 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38612 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 \begin_inset space ~
38623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38628 \begin_inset Graphics
38629 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38656 \begin_inset Graphics
38657 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38684 \begin_inset Graphics
38685 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 \begin_inset Graphics
38728 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38744 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38756 \begin_inset Graphics
38757 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38773 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38775 \begin_inset space ~
38784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38789 \begin_inset Graphics
38790 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38791 rotateOrigin center
38800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38806 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38808 \begin_inset space ~
38817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38822 \begin_inset Graphics
38823 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38824 rotateOrigin center
38833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38841 \begin_inset space ~
38850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38855 \begin_inset Graphics
38856 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38857 rotateOrigin center
38866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38886 \begin_layout Subsection
38887 View / Update Toolbar
38888 \begin_inset Index idx
38891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38892 Toolbar ! View / Update
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38901 \begin_inset Graphics
38902 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38910 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38916 \begin_layout Standard
38917 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38928 \begin_layout Standard
38929 \begin_inset Tabular
38930 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38931 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38932 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38933 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38939 \begin_inset Graphics
38940 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38941 rotateOrigin center
38950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38956 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38968 \begin_inset Graphics
38969 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38970 rotateOrigin center
38979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38985 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38986 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 \begin_inset Graphics
38999 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39000 rotateOrigin center
39009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39015 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39027 \begin_inset Graphics
39028 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39029 rotateOrigin center
39038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39045 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39057 \begin_inset Graphics
39058 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39059 rotateOrigin center
39068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39074 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39086 \begin_inset Graphics
39087 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39088 rotateOrigin center
39097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39103 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39104 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39118 \begin_layout Subsection
39122 \begin_layout Standard
39123 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39130 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39134 , the table toolbar
39135 \begin_inset Index idx
39138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39148 manual, the math macro toolbar
39149 \begin_inset Index idx
39152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39165 \begin_layout Chapter
39166 The Document Settings
39167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39169 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39174 \begin_inset Index idx
39177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39178 Document ! Settings
39186 \begin_layout Standard
39187 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39188 whole document and is called with the menu
39190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39194 You can save your document settings as default with th
39196 e Save as Document Defaults
39198 button in the dialog.
39199 This will create a template name
39207 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39211 \begin_layout Standard
39212 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39215 \begin_layout Section
39219 \begin_layout Standard
39220 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39222 Document classes are described in section
39223 \begin_inset space ~
39227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39229 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39234 Some classes use some class options by default.
39235 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39239 and you can decide to use them or not.
39240 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39241 recommended not to touch them.
39242 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39248 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39249 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39255 When you want one of the following drivers
39256 \begin_inset Newline newline
39259 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39260 \begin_inset Newline newline
39263 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39268 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39270 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39282 \begin_layout Standard
39283 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39284 child or subdocument.
39285 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39286 without its master.
39287 This way child documents are always compilable.
39288 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39299 \begin_layout Section
39303 \begin_layout Standard
39304 Modules are explained in section
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39311 reference "sub:Modules"
39318 \begin_layout Section
39322 \begin_layout Standard
39323 The document font settings are described in section
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39330 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39337 \begin_layout Section
39341 \begin_layout Standard
39342 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39344 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39348 \begin_layout Standard
39349 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39350 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39351 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39354 \begin_layout Standard
39355 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39363 \begin_layout Section
39367 \begin_layout Standard
39368 A description of this menu is given in section
39369 \begin_inset space ~
39373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39375 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39382 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39389 \begin_layout Section
39393 \begin_layout Standard
39394 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39401 reference "sub:Margins"
39408 \begin_layout Section
39410 \begin_inset Index idx
39413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39414 Language ! Encoding
39422 \begin_layout Standard
39423 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39424 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39425 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39426 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39427 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39428 known for a particular character).
39432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39433 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39434 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39439 manual for details.
39447 \begin_layout Standard
39448 If you use the option
39452 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39453 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39454 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39455 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39456 exactly one encoding.
39457 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39466 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39467 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39469 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39470 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39484 \begin_layout Standard
39485 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39486 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39487 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39488 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39489 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39490 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39495 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39496 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39497 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39500 \begin_layout Standard
39501 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39504 \begin_layout Description
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39510 \begin_inset space ~
39514 \begin_inset space ~
39521 , but the LaTeX-package
39526 \begin_inset Index idx
39529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39530 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39536 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39537 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39538 languages in TeX code.
39541 \begin_layout Description
39542 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39543 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39544 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39547 \begin_layout Description
39549 \begin_inset space ~
39553 \begin_inset space ~
39556 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39559 \begin_layout Description
39561 \begin_inset space ~
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39568 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39571 \begin_layout Description
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39576 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39579 \begin_layout Description
39581 \begin_inset space ~
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39588 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39589 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39592 \begin_layout Description
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39601 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39605 \begin_layout Description
39607 \begin_inset space ~
39611 \begin_inset space ~
39614 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39615 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39618 \begin_layout Description
39620 \begin_inset space ~
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39631 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39632 \begin_inset space ~
39638 \begin_layout Description
39640 \begin_inset space ~
39644 \begin_inset space ~
39648 \begin_inset space ~
39651 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39652 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39655 \begin_layout Description
39657 \begin_inset space ~
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39664 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39665 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39666 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_layout Description
39679 \begin_inset space ~
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39686 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39687 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39688 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39689 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39694 \begin_inset space ~
39700 \begin_layout Description
39702 \begin_inset space ~
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39709 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39712 \begin_layout Description
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39721 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39724 \begin_layout Description
39726 \begin_inset space ~
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39733 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39736 \begin_layout Description
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39741 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39744 \begin_layout Description
39746 \begin_inset space ~
39749 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39752 \begin_layout Description
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39761 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39776 \begin_layout Description
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39782 \begin_inset space ~
39785 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39788 \begin_layout Description
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39800 \begin_layout Description
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39809 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39814 \begin_inset Index idx
39817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39818 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39823 , when using this, set the document language to
39828 \begin_layout Description
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39834 \begin_inset space ~
39837 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39841 , when using this, set the document language to
39846 \begin_layout Description
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39855 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39860 \begin_inset Index idx
39863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39864 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39869 , when using this, set the document language to
39874 \begin_layout Description
39876 \begin_inset space ~
39880 \begin_inset space ~
39883 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39887 , when using this, set the document language to
39892 \begin_layout Description
39894 \begin_inset space ~
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39901 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39905 , when using this, set the document language to
39910 \begin_layout Description
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39915 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39918 \begin_layout Description
39920 \begin_inset space ~
39924 \begin_inset space ~
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39931 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39934 \begin_layout Description
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39947 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39948 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39949 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39952 \begin_layout Description
39954 \begin_inset space ~
39958 \begin_inset space ~
39964 \begin_layout Description
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39970 \begin_inset space ~
39973 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39974 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39977 \begin_layout Description
39979 \begin_inset space ~
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39986 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39991 \begin_inset Index idx
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39995 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40000 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40003 \begin_layout Description
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40009 \begin_inset space ~
40012 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40016 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40025 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40040 \begin_layout Description
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_inset space ~
40049 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40054 \begin_inset Index idx
40057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40058 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40063 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40066 \begin_layout Description
40068 \begin_inset space ~
40071 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40076 \begin_inset Index idx
40079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40086 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40090 \begin_layout Description
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40096 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40103 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40110 \begin_layout Description
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40123 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40124 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40125 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40129 \begin_layout Description
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40135 \begin_inset space ~
40139 \begin_inset space ~
40142 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40143 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40146 \begin_layout Section
40150 \begin_layout Standard
40151 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40152 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40153 \begin_inset space ~
40157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40159 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40166 \begin_layout Section
40170 \begin_layout Standard
40171 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40176 \begin_inset Index idx
40179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40180 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40190 \begin_inset Index idx
40193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40194 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40199 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40204 \begin_inset Index idx
40207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40208 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40213 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40215 For a further description see section
40216 \begin_inset space ~
40220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40222 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40229 \begin_layout Section
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40234 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40235 and you can define additional indexes.
40236 Please refer to section
40237 \begin_inset space ~
40241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40243 reference "sec:Index"
40250 \begin_layout Section
40254 \begin_layout Standard
40255 The PDF properties are explained in section
40256 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40262 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40269 \begin_layout Section
40273 \begin_layout Standard
40274 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40279 \begin_inset Index idx
40282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40283 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40293 \begin_inset Index idx
40296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40297 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40302 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40305 \begin_layout Standard
40310 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40311 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40314 \begin_layout Standard
40319 is used for special integral characters.
40322 \begin_layout Section
40326 \begin_layout Standard
40327 The float placement options are described in section
40328 \begin_inset space ~
40332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40334 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40341 \begin_layout Section
40345 \begin_layout Standard
40346 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40347 The itemize environment is described in section
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40354 reference "sec:Itemize"
40361 \begin_layout Section
40365 \begin_layout Standard
40366 Branches are described in section
40367 \begin_inset space ~
40371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40373 reference "sec:Branches"
40380 \begin_layout Section
40385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40395 \begin_layout Standard
40396 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40397 to define LaTeX-commands.
40398 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40399 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40403 \begin_layout Standard
40404 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40405 \begin_inset space ~
40409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40411 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40418 \begin_layout Chapter
40424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40426 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40431 \begin_inset Index idx
40434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40443 \begin_layout Standard
40444 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40446 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40450 It has the following submenus.
40453 \begin_layout Section
40457 \begin_layout Subsection
40461 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40462 User Interface File
40463 \begin_inset Index idx
40466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40467 Customization ! of toolbars
40473 \begin_inset Index idx
40476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40477 Customization ! of menus
40485 \begin_layout Standard
40486 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40494 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40505 interface (ui) file.
40506 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40507 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40516 Both files are loaded by the
40521 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40522 files and edit the entries.
40525 \begin_layout Standard
40526 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40538 entries must be ended with an explicit
40563 and in the case of the
40564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40576 The syntax for the entries is:
40579 \begin_layout Standard
40580 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40608 \begin_layout Standard
40610 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40613 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
40615 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40617 \begin_inset space ~
40625 \begin_layout Standard
40626 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40632 \begin_layout Standard
40633 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40635 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40638 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40642 \begin_layout Standard
40643 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40667 \begin_layout Standard
40669 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40672 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40675 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40679 \begin_layout Standard
40682 Enable tool tips in main work area
40684 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40688 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40703 restoring of window layout and geometries
40705 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40706 in the last LyX session.
40709 \begin_layout Standard
40712 Restore cursor positions
40714 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40718 \begin_layout Standard
40721 Load opened files from last session
40723 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40730 name "sub:Backup documents"
40735 \begin_inset Index idx
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40747 \begin_layout Standard
40752 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40755 \begin_layout Standard
40760 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40763 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40765 \begin_inset space ~
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40776 Open documents in tabs
40778 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40782 \begin_layout Subsection
40784 \begin_inset Index idx
40787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40796 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40804 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40807 \begin_layout Standard
40808 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40816 This section only deals with the fonts
40821 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40825 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40836 \begin_layout Standard
40837 By default, LyX uses
40841 as roman (serif) font,
40849 (depends on the system) as
40852 \begin_inset space ~
40868 \begin_layout Standard
40869 You can change the font size with the
40874 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40875 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40883 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40884 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40889 points have the size of 1
40890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40894 \begin_inset space ~
40898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40900 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40907 \begin_layout Standard
40912 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40917 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40918 \begin_inset space ~
40922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40924 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40931 \begin_layout Standard
40934 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40936 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40937 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40938 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40939 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40941 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40942 \begin_inset space ~
40948 \begin_layout Subsection
40950 \begin_inset Index idx
40953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 \begin_inset Index idx
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40972 \begin_layout Standard
40973 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40974 Choose an item in the list and use the
40981 \begin_layout Subsection
40983 \begin_inset Index idx
40986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 \begin_layout Standard
40996 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40999 \begin_layout Standard
41004 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41005 This feature is described in section
41006 \begin_inset space ~
41010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41012 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41019 \begin_layout Standard
41023 \begin_inset space ~
41027 \begin_inset space ~
41031 \begin_inset space ~
41036 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41039 \begin_layout Section
41041 \begin_inset Index idx
41044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41053 \begin_layout Subsection
41057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41061 \begin_layout Standard
41064 Cursor follows scrollbar
41066 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41070 \begin_layout Standard
41073 Sort environments alphabetically
41075 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41078 \begin_layout Standard
41081 Group environments by their category
41083 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41086 \begin_layout Standard
41087 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41103 \begin_layout Standard
41104 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41109 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41110 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41114 \begin_layout Subsection
41116 \begin_inset Index idx
41119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 \begin_inset Index idx
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41130 Settings ! Shortcuts
41138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41143 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41144 Several binding files are available:
41147 \begin_layout Description
41148 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41151 \begin_layout Description
41152 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41163 \begin_layout Description
41164 mac.bind set of bindings for
41167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41175 \begin_layout Standard
41176 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41180 , and bind files for special languages.
41181 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41186 \begin_inset space \space{}
41190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41198 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41202 \begin_layout Standard
41203 Some bind-files, like
41207 , have only a small scope.
41208 When looking at the end of the file
41212 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41217 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41219 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41224 \begin_inset Index idx
41227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 Key Bindings ! Editing
41236 \begin_layout Standard
41237 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41238 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41239 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41242 Show key-bindings containing
41245 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41246 Insert there for example as keyword
41247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41254 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41264 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41265 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41269 that you will find in the
41276 \begin_layout Standard
41278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41282 \begin_inset space \space{}
41293 , select the function and press the
41298 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41299 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41300 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41301 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41302 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41304 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41306 The binding for the function
41310 is an example of this.
41313 \begin_layout Standard
41314 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41316 The syntax of the entries is:
41319 \begin_layout Standard
41325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41343 \begin_layout Subsection
41345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41347 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41352 \begin_inset Index idx
41355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41362 \begin_inset Index idx
41365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41366 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41374 \begin_layout Standard
41375 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41376 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41382 \begin_inset space \space{}
41385 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41386 can use the keyboard map file named
41393 \begin_layout Standard
41394 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41402 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41410 \begin_layout Standard
41411 Besides this, you can specify here the
41413 Wheel scrolling speed
41416 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41420 \begin_layout Subsection
41422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41424 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41429 \begin_inset Index idx
41432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 \begin_layout Standard
41442 Input completion is described in sec.
41443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41449 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41454 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41456 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41457 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41461 \begin_layout Section
41463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41470 \begin_inset Index idx
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 \begin_inset Index idx
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 \begin_layout Description
41494 \begin_inset space ~
41497 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41498 It is the default when you
41509 \begin_inset space ~
41517 \begin_layout Description
41519 \begin_inset space ~
41522 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41526 \begin_inset space ~
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41538 \begin_layout Description
41540 \begin_inset space ~
41543 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41549 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41553 \begin_inset Newline newline
41557 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41569 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41577 \begin_layout Description
41579 \begin_inset space ~
41583 \begin_inset Index idx
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41593 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41594 \begin_inset space ~
41598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41600 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41608 will be used to save the backups.
41609 \begin_inset Newline newline
41612 The backup files have the ending
41613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41623 \begin_layout Description
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41635 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41636 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41637 \begin_inset Newline newline
41641 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41649 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41657 \begin_layout Description
41659 \begin_inset space ~
41662 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41665 \begin_layout Description
41667 \begin_inset space ~
41670 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41671 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41672 to find it on the system.
41673 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41674 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41683 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41684 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41688 \begin_layout Section
41692 \begin_layout Standard
41693 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41694 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41696 \begin_inset space ~
41700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41702 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41706 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41709 \begin_layout Section
41711 \begin_inset Index idx
41714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 Language ! Settings
41721 \begin_inset Index idx
41724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41725 Settings ! Language
41733 \begin_layout Subsection
41737 \begin_layout Description
41739 \begin_inset space ~
41743 \begin_inset space ~
41746 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41747 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41748 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41749 You find the actual translation status here:
41750 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41752 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41753 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41760 \begin_layout Description
41762 \begin_inset space ~
41765 language is the language used in new documents
41768 \begin_layout Description
41770 \begin_inset space ~
41773 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41775 The default is the LaTeX-command
41781 that loads the package
41789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41791 \begin_inset space ~
41795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41797 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41807 \begin_inset Newline newline
41814 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41815 to the document language.
41816 A text label is, for instance, the word
41817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41824 at the beginning of every table caption.
41827 \begin_layout Description
41829 \begin_inset space ~
41832 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41833 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41834 An example is the start command
41840 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41845 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41860 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41865 \begin_layout Description
41867 \begin_inset space ~
41875 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41876 command toggles the package on and off.
41879 \begin_layout Description
41881 \begin_inset space ~
41891 \begin_layout Description
41892 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41893 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41894 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41895 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41902 \begin_layout Description
41904 \begin_inset space ~
41907 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41909 When this option is not set, the
41912 \begin_inset space ~
41917 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41918 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41921 \begin_inset space ~
41929 \begin_layout Description
41931 \begin_inset space ~
41937 \begin_inset space ~
41943 When it is not set, the
41946 \begin_inset space ~
41951 is set to the end of the document.
41954 \begin_layout Description
41956 \begin_inset space ~
41960 \begin_inset space ~
41963 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41964 language will be underlined blue.
41967 \begin_layout Description
41969 \begin_inset space ~
41973 \begin_inset space ~
41976 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41977 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41980 \begin_layout Description
41982 \begin_inset space ~
41985 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41986 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41987 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41988 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41991 \begin_layout Subsection
41995 \begin_layout Standard
41996 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41997 \begin_inset space ~
42001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42003 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42010 \begin_layout Section
42014 \begin_layout Subsection
42016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42023 \begin_inset Index idx
42026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42033 \begin_inset Index idx
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 \begin_layout Description
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42050 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42051 The name will be used when the
42056 \begin_inset Newline newline
42060 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42076 \begin_layout Description
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42082 \begin_inset space ~
42086 \begin_inset space ~
42089 printer This option works only for the
42094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42106 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42107 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42110 \begin_layout Description
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42115 command is the command LyX
42116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42123 LaTeX uses for printing.
42124 The default is on most systems
42131 \begin_layout Description
42133 \begin_inset space ~
42137 \begin_inset space ~
42140 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42141 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42142 of the program that provides the
42149 \begin_layout Subsection
42151 \begin_inset Index idx
42154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42161 \begin_inset Index idx
42164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42165 Settings ! Date format
42173 \begin_layout Standard
42174 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42175 \begin_inset Newline newline
42179 \begin_inset Flex URL
42182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42190 \begin_inset Newline newline
42193 For example the format
42194 \begin_inset Newline newline
42198 \begin_inset Newline newline
42201 prints the date as day/month/year.
42204 \begin_layout Subsection
42208 \begin_layout Description
42210 \begin_inset space ~
42214 \begin_inset space ~
42217 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42220 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42221 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42223 \begin_inset space ~
42229 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42233 \begin_layout Description
42235 \begin_inset space ~
42238 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42243 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42244 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42247 \begin_layout Subsection
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42262 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42267 \begin_inset Index idx
42270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42279 \begin_layout Description
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 \begin_inset space ~
42295 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42300 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42322 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42335 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42336 LyX sets up in the background.
42337 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42340 \begin_layout Description
42342 \begin_inset space ~
42346 \begin_inset space ~
42349 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42354 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42357 \begin_layout Standard
42358 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42359 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42360 manuals of the applications.
42361 Currently the following commands can be set:
42364 \begin_layout Description
42369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 \begin_inset space ~
42380 command Command for the program
42384 that is described in the section
42390 Additional Features
42395 \begin_layout Description
42400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42408 \begin_inset space ~
42411 command Command for the program
42415 that generates the bibliography, see section
42416 \begin_inset space ~
42420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42422 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42429 \begin_layout Description
42431 \begin_inset space ~
42434 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42435 \begin_inset space ~
42439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42441 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42448 \begin_layout Description
42450 \begin_inset space ~
42453 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42454 \begin_inset space ~
42458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42460 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42467 \begin_layout Description
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42473 \begin_inset space ~
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42481 \begin_inset space ~
42484 options They only have an effect when the program
42488 is used as DVI-viewer.
42491 \begin_layout Standard
42492 There are additionally the following options:
42495 \begin_layout Description
42497 \begin_inset space ~
42501 \begin_inset space ~
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42513 \begin_inset space ~
42516 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42534 to separate folders.
42535 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42536 \begin_inset Index idx
42539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42546 \begin_inset Index idx
42549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 \begin_layout Description
42560 \begin_inset space ~
42564 \begin_inset space ~
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42572 \begin_inset space ~
42576 \begin_inset space ~
42580 \begin_inset space ~
42583 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42588 dialog when changing the document class.
42591 \begin_layout Section
42593 \begin_inset space ~
42597 \begin_inset Index idx
42600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42609 \begin_layout Subsection
42611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42613 name "sub:Converters"
42618 \begin_inset Index idx
42621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42630 \begin_layout Standard
42631 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42632 from one format to another.
42633 You can modify them or create new ones.
42634 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42651 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42655 \begin_inset space ~
42660 drop-down list, modify the
42664 field, and press the
42671 \begin_layout Standard
42674 Converter File Cache
42676 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42679 Maximum Age (in days
42682 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42683 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42686 \begin_layout Standard
42687 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42688 the converter definition, is described in the section
42699 \begin_layout Subsection
42701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42703 name "sec:File-Formats"
42708 \begin_inset Index idx
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 \begin_inset Index idx
42721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42730 \begin_layout Standard
42731 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42732 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42736 \begin_layout Standard
42737 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42738 is described in the section
42749 \begin_layout Standard
42750 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42751 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42752 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42753 This is done by specifying a
42758 More about this is described in the section
42769 \begin_layout Chapter
42770 Units available in LyX
42771 \begin_inset Index idx
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42783 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42790 \begin_layout Standard
42791 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42794 reference "cap:Units"
42798 explains all units available in LyX.
42801 \begin_layout Standard
42802 \begin_inset Float table
42808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42809 \begin_inset Caption
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42827 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42835 \begin_inset Tabular
42836 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42837 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42990 scaled point (65536
42991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43051 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 % of original image width
43113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43320 \begin_layout Chapter
43322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43331 \begin_layout Standard
43332 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43333 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43336 \begin_layout Itemize
43339 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43342 \begin_layout Itemize
43348 \begin_layout Itemize
43354 \begin_layout Itemize
43360 \begin_layout Itemize
43366 \begin_layout Itemize
43372 \begin_layout Itemize
43378 \begin_layout Itemize
43384 \begin_layout Itemize
43387 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43390 \begin_layout Itemize
43396 \begin_layout Itemize
43402 \begin_layout Itemize
43408 \begin_layout Itemize
43414 \begin_layout Itemize
43420 \begin_layout Itemize
43426 \begin_layout Itemize
43432 \begin_layout Itemize
43438 \begin_layout Itemize
43440 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43449 \begin_layout Standard
43450 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43453 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43460 \begin_layout Bibliography
43461 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43462 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43463 LatexCommand bibitem
43470 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43473 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43478 \begin_inset Newline newline
43482 \begin_inset Flex URL
43485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43487 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43495 \begin_layout Bibliography
43496 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43497 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43498 LatexCommand bibitem
43499 key "latexcompanion"
43503 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43505 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43508 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43511 \begin_layout Bibliography
43512 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43514 LatexCommand bibitem
43519 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43522 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43525 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43528 \begin_layout Bibliography
43529 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43530 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43531 LatexCommand bibitem
43538 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43541 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43544 \begin_layout Bibliography
43545 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43547 LatexCommand bibitem
43559 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43562 \begin_layout Bibliography
43563 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43564 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43565 LatexCommand bibitem
43571 \begin_inset Newline newline
43575 \begin_inset Flex URL
43578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43580 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43588 \begin_layout Bibliography
43589 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43590 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43591 LatexCommand bibitem
43597 \begin_inset Newline newline
43601 \begin_inset Flex URL
43604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43606 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43614 \begin_layout Bibliography
43615 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43616 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43617 LatexCommand bibitem
43623 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43625 name "Documentation"
43626 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43635 \begin_inset Newline newline
43639 \begin_inset Flex URL
43642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43644 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43652 \begin_layout Bibliography
43653 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43655 LatexCommand bibitem
43661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43663 name "Documentation"
43664 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43668 how to use the program
43673 \begin_inset Newline newline
43677 \begin_inset Flex URL
43680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43682 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43690 \begin_layout Bibliography
43691 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43693 LatexCommand bibitem
43699 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43701 name "Documentation"
43702 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43711 \begin_inset Newline newline
43715 \begin_inset Flex URL
43718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43720 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43728 \begin_layout Bibliography
43729 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43731 LatexCommand bibitem
43737 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43739 name "Documentation"
43740 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43749 \begin_inset Newline newline
43753 \begin_inset Flex URL
43756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43758 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43766 \begin_layout Bibliography
43767 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43768 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43769 LatexCommand bibitem
43775 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43777 name "Documentation"
43778 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43782 of the LaTeX-package
43787 \begin_inset Index idx
43790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43791 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43797 \begin_inset Newline newline
43801 \begin_inset Flex URL
43804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43806 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43814 \begin_layout Bibliography
43815 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43816 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43817 LatexCommand bibitem
43823 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43825 name "Documentation"
43826 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43830 of the LaTeX-package
43835 \begin_inset Index idx
43838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43839 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43845 \begin_inset Newline newline
43849 \begin_inset Flex URL
43852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43854 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43862 \begin_layout Bibliography
43863 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43864 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43865 LatexCommand bibitem
43873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43875 name "Documentation"
43876 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43882 of the LaTeX-package
43887 \begin_inset Index idx
43890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43891 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43897 \begin_inset Newline newline
43901 \begin_inset Flex URL
43904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43906 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43914 \begin_layout Bibliography
43915 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43916 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43917 LatexCommand bibitem
43923 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43925 name "Documentation"
43926 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43930 of the LaTeX-package
43935 \begin_inset Index idx
43938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43939 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43945 \begin_inset Newline newline
43949 \begin_inset Flex URL
43952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43954 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43962 \begin_layout Bibliography
43963 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43964 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43965 LatexCommand bibitem
43971 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43973 name "Documentation"
43974 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43978 of the LaTeX-package
43983 \begin_inset Index idx
43986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43987 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43993 \begin_inset Newline newline
43997 \begin_inset Flex URL
44000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44002 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44010 \begin_layout Bibliography
44011 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44012 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44013 LatexCommand bibitem
44019 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44021 name "Documentation"
44022 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44026 of the LaTeX-package
44031 \begin_inset Index idx
44034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44035 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44041 \begin_inset Newline newline
44045 \begin_inset Flex URL
44048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44050 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44058 \begin_layout Bibliography
44059 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44060 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44061 LatexCommand bibitem
44067 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44070 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44074 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44075 \begin_inset Newline newline
44079 \begin_inset Flex URL
44082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44084 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44092 \begin_layout Bibliography
44093 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44094 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44095 LatexCommand bibitem
44101 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44104 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44108 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44109 \begin_inset Newline newline
44113 \begin_inset Flex URL
44116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44118 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44126 \begin_layout Bibliography
44127 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44128 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44129 LatexCommand bibitem
44135 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44138 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44142 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44143 \begin_inset Newline newline
44147 \begin_inset Flex URL
44150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44152 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44160 \begin_layout Bibliography
44161 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44162 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44163 LatexCommand bibitem
44169 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44172 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44176 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44177 \begin_inset Newline newline
44181 \begin_inset Flex URL
44184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44186 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44194 \begin_layout Bibliography
44195 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44196 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44197 LatexCommand bibitem
44203 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44206 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44210 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44211 \begin_inset Newline newline
44215 \begin_inset Flex URL
44218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44220 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44228 \begin_layout Bibliography
44229 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44230 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44231 LatexCommand bibitem
44237 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44240 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44244 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44245 \begin_inset Newline newline
44249 \begin_inset Flex URL
44252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44254 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44262 \begin_layout Bibliography
44263 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44264 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44265 LatexCommand bibitem
44271 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44274 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44278 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44279 \begin_inset Newline newline
44283 \begin_inset Flex URL
44286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44288 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44296 \begin_layout Bibliography
44297 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44298 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44299 LatexCommand bibitem
44305 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44308 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44312 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44313 \begin_inset Newline newline
44317 \begin_inset Flex URL
44320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44322 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44330 \begin_layout Bibliography
44331 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44332 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44333 LatexCommand bibitem
44339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44342 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44346 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44347 \begin_inset Newline newline
44351 \begin_inset Flex URL
44354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44356 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44364 \begin_layout Bibliography
44365 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44367 LatexCommand bibitem
44373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44376 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44380 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44381 \begin_inset Newline newline
44385 \begin_inset Flex URL
44388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44390 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44398 \begin_layout Bibliography
44399 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44401 LatexCommand bibitem
44407 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44410 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
44414 about new features in
44419 \begin_inset Newline newline
44423 \begin_inset Flex URL
44426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44428 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
44436 \begin_layout Standard
44437 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44471 \begin_inset Note Note
44474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44481 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44482 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44483 bibliography is the second one:
44491 \begin_layout Standard
44492 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44493 LatexCommand bibtex
44494 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44495 options "biblio/alphadin"
44502 \begin_layout Standard
44503 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44506 \begin_layout Standard
44507 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44508 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44514 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44515 LatexCommand printindex